New York Giants 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

With the 6th overall pick in the 2019 NFL Draft, the Giants surprised many by selecting Duke quarterback Daniel Jones. The selection of a quarterback was not surprising, with long-time signal caller Eli Manning clearly in the twilight of his career, but the selection of Jones so early, after many projected him as a mid to late first round pick who the Giants even could have gotten with their other first round pick at #17 overall, drew a lot of criticism, with many preferring Ohio State’s Dwayne Haskins, who fell to division rival Washington at 15.

Haskins’ poor work ethic and issues with the coaching staff led to him not even lasting two full seasons in Washington, so by default the Giants ended up with the better of the two quarterback prospects in a draft that has yet to produce another consistent starter aside from #1 overall pick Kyler Murray, but there have still understandably been questions about Jones’ long-term viability as an NFL starting quarterback.

Jones’ career got off to an underwhelming start, as he finished his rookie year completing 61.9% of his passes for an average of 6.59 YPA, 24 touchdowns, and 12 interceptions, ranking 26th among 39 eligible quarterbacks on PFF, and only providing above replacement level ability as a runner, taking 45 carries for 6.20 YPC and 2 touchdowns. In his second season, his numbers might have actually been a little worse, as he completed 62.5% of his passes for an average of 6.57 YPA, 11 touchdowns, and 10 interceptions, while rushing for 6.51 YPC and 1 touchdown on 65 carries. However, those numbers don’t come close to telling the whole story of Jones’ 2020 season.

A critical moment for Jones last season was in the second half of the Giants’ week 12 game against the Bengals, when Jones suffered a hamstring injury. Prior to that injury, Jones had completed 63.2% of his passes for an average of 6.47 YPA, 8 touchdowns, and 9 interceptions, while 7.33 YPC and 1 touchdown on 55 carries. These are still pretty unimpressive numbers, but they need to be understood with two important pieces of context. 

For one, Jones’ receivers dropped 9.5% of his passes over that stretch, with only Carson Wentz having a higher drop rate among quarterbacks who played as much as Jones. That still left Jones with an adjusted completion percentage that ranked just 21st out of 40 eligible quarterbacks, but being middle of the pack isn’t that bad, especially when you factor in how tough the Giants’ early season schedule of defenses was. 

Prior to that game against the Bengals in which Jones got hurt, in nine of the Giants’ first ten games of the season, they played a defense that finished in the top-10 in first down rate allowed over expected, the Steelers (2nd), the Rams (1st), Washington twice (3rd), the Eagles twice (9th), the 49ers (6th), the Bears (7th), and the Buccaneers (5th). The Giants schedule was so tough over that stretch that, even though they ranked just 27th in first down rate, when schedule adjustments were taken into account, they ranked 15th and actually outperformed expectations against their schedule. Jones’ production was underwhelming, but when you take into the schedule, how often he was pressured (3rd most in the NFL), and how tough of a schedule he faced, Jones wasn’t that bad, all things considered.

That seemed to give the Giants hope for the final 6 games of their season, a stretch in which their schedule got significantly easier starting with that game against the Bengals, but then Jones got hurt, which derailed his season and ended any chances the Giants had of getting back into playoff contention. Jones still played in another 3 games after that, but really struggled despite the easy schedule and, in the games Jones missed, backup Colt McCoy showed very little, even if he did give them just enough against a weak Seahawks defense that the Giants could pull the upset with an uncharacteristically huge defensive effort.

After the season, the severity of just how bad Jones’ hamstring injury was came out, with it being described as an injury most quarterbacks wouldn’t have even been able to play through, so I’m pretty comfortable just throwing out all the tape from those last few starts and just giving him credit for toughness. Based on how Jones played the rest of last season, there is actually quite a bit to be excited about with him. Most prominently is the progress he made as a deep ball thrower last season, an aspect in which he was actually one of the best in the league, prior to his injury. 

Up until he went down against the Bengals, Jones actually led the league in completion percentage (59.3%), yards per attempt (19.81), quarterback rating (143.1), and big time throw percentage (50.0%) on passes 20+ yards downfield, among quarterbacks who went deep as often as he did. He also ranked 10th in the league in big time throw percentage on any type of pass attempt over that stretch. That’s all despite the grueling slate of defenses that Jones squared off with over that period of time. His statistical production might not look like much, but when you take into account who he was playing, how many passes his receivers dropped, how often he was pressured, and how well he threw the ball downfield, it’s a lot more understandable that Jones would have ranked 12th among quarterbacks on PFF prior to his injury. 

We’re still working with a relatively small sample size of about ten and a half games for a quarterback who didn’t show nearly as much promise as a rookie, but it’s an encouraging sign for a Giants team that spent much of their resources this off-season on getting Jones a more reliable receiving corps to throw to, in an effort to reduce the amount of his passes that are dropped and to try to open up the playbook more for a quarterback who, despite good deep throwing ability, ranked below average in air yards per attempt last season.

The Giants also nominally tried to upgrade the backup quarterback spot in case Jones gets hurt again, signing veteran journeyman Mike Glennon, who has a 83.5 QB rating across stints with five different teams in eight seasons in the league (27 starts) and is now heading into his age 32 season. Obviously, the key to the Giants’ success in 2021 will be Jones staying healthy and continuing to develop with more talent around him.

Grade: B

Receiving Corps

The biggest addition the Giants made this off-season was signing wide receiver Kenny Golladay to a 4-year, 72 million dollar deal. Most teams didn’t have significant financial flexibility this off-season, leaving most free agents to settle for the best one-year deal they could find with a hope of trying again in free agency next off-season, but the Giants and Golladay were the exception, in part because of the financial flexibility provided by having their quarterback signed to a cheap rookie deal. Golladay was also one of the best free agents available this off-season, so him getting paid at the top of the market was not surprising, even after he was surprisingly not franchise tagged by the directionless Lions. 

Perhaps the Lions were scared off by an injury that limited him to 225 snaps in 5 games last season, but he doesn’t otherwise have a significant injury history, he’s still very much in his prime in his age 28 season, and he didn’t show any signs of slowing down last season before the injury, actually averaging a career high 2.47 yards per route run (7th among eligible wide receivers) in the limited action he saw last season. That comes after he finished with a 70/1063/5 slash line (1.87 yards per route run) and a 65/1190/11 slash line (2.03 yards per route run) in 2018 and 2019 respectively, seasons in which he also ranked 20th and 16th respectively among wide receivers on PFF. Assuming he’s healthy, he’s a legitimate #1 receiver and a big upgrade for this team.

After signing Golladay, it seemed like the Giants would mostly be finished adding at the wide receiver position. Golladay was set to replace Golden Tate, who averaged a mediocre 1.28 yards per route run last season, giving them a top-3 that included Sterling Shepard, who is just 1 year and 16 million into a 4-year, 41 million dollar extension, and Darius Slayton, an impressive 2019 5th round pick who has two years remaining on his rookie deal. However, the Giants decided to add even further, trading down with the Bears from 11th to 20th, picking up a future first round pick in the process, and selecting Florida’s Kadarius Toney with the 20th overall pick.

I’ll get into what the Giants could have done in the first round instead later and Toney doesn’t seem to have a clear path to significant playing time in year one or year two barring injuries or Shepard being released prematurely next off-season, but the Giants at least get credit for getting an extra first round pick out of the exchange, which makes the Giants’ decision with this year’s first round pick a little less impactful. Toney could still develop into a talented wide receiver long-term and he’ll provide valuable depth as a rookie, but I wouldn’t expect him to have the opportunity to put up significant production in year one.

Even with Golladay and Toney coming in, Shepard and Slayton figure to continue having significant roles, after leading this group with slash lines of 66/656/3 and 50/751/3 respectively in 2020. For Shepard, it’s been back-to-back years where injuries have prevented him from a bigger receiving total. When the Giants traded Odell Beckham to the Browns two off-seasons ago, Shepard became their de facto new #1 receiver and, after averaging a 84/1085/3 slash line per 16 games in 2017 and 2018 combined without Beckham, it looked like Shepard had a good chance to break out in his absence. 

Instead, he’s averaged a 89/896/4 slash line per 16 games, but has missed 10 of 32 games with injury and has been more of a 1a or a 1b receiver than a true #1 when on the field. Now with Golladay added to the mix, Shepard will be back to being no better than the #2 receiver in this offense and I would expect his per game production to go down. Even if he doesn’t put up huge numbers, he should still be a better than average #2 option though and, while his injury history is concerning (at least 4 games missed in 3 of 5 seasons in the league), the Giants have the depth to be prepared for him missing time if it happens again.

For Slayton, last year’s level of production is largely in line with what he did as a rookie, when he had a 48/740/8 slash line, but it’s possible the former 5th round pick doesn’t have much remaining untapped upside and, even though he’s only going into his age 24 season, doesn’t have significantly better days ahead of him. He should still be a capable receiver in 2021 after back-to-back slightly above average grades from PFF in the first two seasons of his career, but his chances of getting a long-term deal with this team at some point went way down this off-season.

Tight end was where the Giants had the biggest problem with drops last season, led by starter Evan Engram, who dropped 8 passes on the season, including an egregious one on fourth down against the Eagles that would have clinched a win for the Giants that ultimately would have won them the division. Engram’s career per 16-game average slash line is above average at 69/774/4 and the 2017 first round pick does have impressive athleticism for his size at 6-3 240 that allows him to get separation regularly, but he has a career drop rate of 10.4%, he averages just 6.80 yards per target, getting most of his production from volume, and he hardly makes any contested catches, with a career 31.2% contested catch rate, including a 19.1% rate (4 for 21) that was worst in the league among tight ends last season. 

Engram gets open often, but when he doesn’t, he has a hard time fighting off defenders for the ball and even when wide open sometimes he drops the ball completely. He also has shown little as a run blocker and has had some injury problems as well, missing at least five games in half of his seasons. Engram is still relatively young, but, going into his age 27 season, he’s running out of time to become a drastically different player than the one he has been throughout his career. 

Depth was also a concern at tight end last season, with no other tight end topping 112 receiving yards or showing anything remarkable as a blocker, so the Giants went out and also made an addition at the tight end position this off-season, signing ex-Viking Kyle Rudolph a 2-year, 12 million dollar deal to not only provide depth at the position, but possibly to provide competition for Engram as the top tight end as well. 

Rudolph should add to the position by default and could see a significant role, but he was probably an overpay in an off-season where most players had to settle for taking a significant discount on a one-year deal. A long-time starter for the Vikings since they selected him in the 2nd round in 2011, Rudolph is now going into his age 32 season and has seen his playing time decreased in each of the past two seasons, culminating in a 2020 campaign in which he played just 573 snaps and was shortly after released ahead of an 8 million dollar non-guaranteed salary. 

Rudolph’s 1.20 yards per route run average over those two seasons isn’t far off from his 1.24 yards per route run average for his season, but it’s not very impressive either, especially for a part-time player, and he’s seen his run blocking fall off somewhat as well. He could still be a useful #2 tight end for another couple seasons, but the Giants are paying him to be more than that. He’s an upgrade by default though for a receiving corps that overall has a lot more talent than a year ago.

Grade: A-

Running Backs

The Giants didn’t make any big additions at the running back position this off-season, but they didn’t need to add anyone to be a lot better at the position this season, with feature back Saquon Barkley set to return from a season ending torn ACL that limited him to just 25 touches in two games last season. Barkley has averaged 4.72 YPC on 497 carries since the Giants selected him 2nd overall in 2018, including 3.25 yards per carry after contact, but he won’t just help this team on the ground, as he’s also a dynamic player in the passing game, averaging a 77/629/3 slash line per 16 games in his career. 

In Barkley’s absence last season, the running back position was simply not a big part of this passing game, as other Giants running backs combined for just 74 targets, on which they averaged just 4.57 yards per target, about a yard and a half down from Barkley’s career average. Barkley is only going into his age 24 season and there is no reason not to expect him to return at least mostly to form and be one of the best running backs in the league. That, of course, assumes he can stay on the field, which is becoming a growing concern as a major injury has now affected two of his three seasons in the league and he plays a position notorious for players getting hurt. 

You might not be able to tell from his overall stats in 2019, but Barkley was limited by an ankle injury for a big chunk of that season, impressively returning having missed only three games with what was expected to be a 6-8 week injury, but not returning to form for much of the season. The biggest difference from 2018 and 2019 for Barkley statistically was his relative lack of big plays, as he had 54.0% of his yardage on 20 carries of 15+ yards in 2018, but just 33.0% of his yardage on 9 carries of 15+ yards in 2019.

Big plays tend to be much more inconsistent on a year-to-year basis than consistently stats like success rate and in fact Barkley was significantly below average in that metric in each of his first two seasons in the league, ranking 40th among 47 eligible running backs with a 41% carry success rate in 2018 and 38th among 45 eligible at 44% in 2019, but Barkley is also arguably the most explosive running back in the league, so it makes sense that he would continue having a significant amount of big plays going forward and his more limited big play total in 2019 was probably largely the result of his ankle injury limiting his burst. On top of that, even with that ankle injury and limited big play total, Barkley still averaged 4.62 YPC on an otherwise underwhelming Giants offense in 2019. As long as he can avoid further injuries, the Giants will obviously benefit from his presence on the field in a big way this season.

Backup running back Wayne Gallman led the way in Barkley’s absence last season, followed by a trio of mediocre veterans in Dion Lewis, Devonta Freeman, and Alfred Morris. This season, the Giants have essentially cleaned house at the position behind Barkley and will have off-season additions Devontae Booker and Corey Clement competing for a true backup job behind a running back who almost never comes off the field when healthy, averaging 53.2 snaps and 20.8 touches per game in his career.

Booker probably has the upperhand for the backup job after signing a 2-year, 5.5 million dollar deal and, while the 2016 4th round pick struggled in the only extended action of his career as a rookie, rushing for 3.52 YPC on 174 carries, he’s somewhat redeemed himself with a 4.39 YPC average since that season, albeit on a max of 93 carries in a season. He’s also an experienced passing down back, although his 5.79 yards per target average leaves something to be desired. Clement, meanwhile, is even less experienced, with 200 career touches in 46 games since the Eagles signed him as an undrafted free agent in 2017. The Giants are obviously hoping they don’t have to use either for more than a few touches per game.

Grade: A

Offensive Line

If there is a reason this offense, which has plenty of skill position talent, doesn’t perform at a high level in 2021, it will likely be the fault of the offensive line. This group already had problems a year ago, ranking 23rd as a team in run blocking grade from PFF and dead last in pass protection grade. Daniel Jones was pressured at the 3rd highest rate of any quarterback in the league at 40.3% and was significantly better when not pressured, with a QB rating over 37 points higher than when pressured and the 10th best clean pocket big time throw percentage at 5.7%. Part of that is because the Giants faced such a tough schedule for the first 10 games of the season and then had an injured and largely immobile Jones under center for most of the rest of the season, but there is no denying this offensive line needs to be better this season.

Despite that, the Giants did very little to upgrade this group this off-season, actually releasing right guard Kevin Zeitler, who was aging and overpaid, but also arguably their best offensive lineman a year ago. I mentioned earlier that, while the Kadarius Toney pick was not a bad pick when you take into account that they acquired a first round pick for trading down to select him, the Giants didn’t need another big investment wide receiver and might have been better off just staying put at 11 and selecting Northwestern’s Rashawn Slater, who could have been a big upgrade at any of the interior offensive line spots for the Giants in 2021, with the ability to kick out to tackle as well if needed. Even if the Giants didn’t like Slater enough to do that, it was still strange to see the offensive line go unaddressed on draft day.

Instead, the Giants will be hoping to get more out of some young players already on the roster and will welcome back veteran left tackle Nate Solder from a 2020 opt-out. In Solder’s absence last season, 2020 #4 overall pick Andrew Thomas, originally selected to play right tackle, was forced over to the blindside as a rookie, where he had an up and down year. He still has a massive upside though and could be a lot better in his second season in the league, now on the right side.

Solder, meanwhile, is likely on the downswing, now heading into his age 33 season, having not played for a full year. He earned an average grade from PFF as a 16-game starter in 2019, but that was a career worst for a player with 127 starts in 9 seasons and 6 finishes in the top-25 among offensive tackles on PFF in his career. Still, the Giants would take a middling season from Solder compared to Cameron Fleming, a journeyman swing tackle who started 16 games last season, and Solder’s presence allows Thomas to move back to the right side as well. It’s always possible he completely sees his abilities fall off a cliff this season, but unless that happens, it’s likely his return will be a benefit for this group. The Giants also used a 3rd round pick in 2020 on offensive tackle Matt Peart, but he only played 150 snaps as a rookie, despite Solder’s absence, and he is unlikely to be more than the swing tackle in 2021, barring injuries.

At guard, signing veteran Zach Fulton was the closest thing they did to replacing Zeitler and he’s not guaranteed a starting job. Fulton has started 90 games over the past 7 seasons, but hasn’t been much more than a middling starter and now is going into his age 30 season. He probably wouldn’t be more than a replacement level player if he winds up with a starting role, although the alternatives could be a lot worse, as his primary competition for a role will likely be 2020 5th round pick Shane Lemieux, who showed some promise as a run blocker, but was horrific in pass protection as a rookie and ultimately finished as PFF’s lowest ranked guard across 504 snaps. It’s very possible he’s better in his second season in the league, but he’d have to be a lot better to even be a capable starter.

When Lemieux played last season, it mostly came at the expense of another young guard, 2018 2nd round pick Will Hernandez, which should tell you something about how Hernandez’s year went. As a rookie, it seemed like Hernandez would live up to being selected 34th overall, as he made 16 starts and finished 23rd among guards on PFF, but he fell to 53rd out of 82 eligible in 16 starts in 2019 and things got worse in his third season in 2020, as he was benched for most of the second half of the season and finished 59th among 86 eligible guards across 525 snaps. Injuries have been part of the problem and Hernandez is still young enough to turn it around in his age 26 season, but his rookie year remains the outlier. He’ll likely begin the year as a starter in 2021, but if he doesn’t turn it around, he might again not end it as one.

Young center Nick Gates was also underwhelming last season, finishing 29th among 38 eligible centers on PFF as a 16-game starter. He showed some promise in limited action prior to last season, but he was new to the center position and couldn’t translate that promise to a season long starting role. It’s possible he could be better in his second season as a starter but the 2018 undrafted free agent has a very limited track record, with just 291 snaps played in his career prior to last season. This isn’t a terrible offensive line, but it’s the obvious weakness of what should otherwise be a talented offense.

Grade: C+

Interior Defenders

The Giants’ offense was above average in schedule adjusted first down rate last season before Daniel Jones got hurt (15th at +0.74%) and they’ll essentially add (or re-add) both Saquon Barkley and Kenny Golladay to that mix for Jones’ third season in the league, so it shouldn’t be a surprise if they are at least capable on that side of the ball in 2021, with the upside to be more. However, the Giants will still need to get more out of their defense as well, after finishing last season 23rd in first down rate allowed over expected at +0.98%.

One thing that could hurt the Giants in that attempt is the loss of Dalvin Tomlinson to the Minnesota Vikings. Tomlinson had been an above average starter for the Giants throughout his four year career, including a 2020 season in which he ranked 25th among interior defenders on 658 snaps, but the Giants are actually in pretty good position to deal with his loss because the interior defender position is by far where they had their most depth last season.

Fellow pending free agent Leonard Williams was kept on a 3-year, 63 million dollar deal and will continue in his usual role after ranking 18th among interior defenders on PFF across 803 snaps last season. Williams played at a high level against the run and added 11.5 sacks, 19 hits, and a 12.3% pressure rate as well. That sack total is out of line with what we’ve seen from Williams in the past, as he’s totaled just 17.5 sacks in his other 5 seasons in the league, but that doesn’t mean the 2015 6th overall pick is a one-year wonder, as he’s consistently posted impressive peripheral pass rush stats throughout his career and has consistently played at a high level against the run. 

In total, Williams has totaled 29 sacks, 106 hits, and a 10.4% pressure rate in 95 career games and he has earned an above average overall grade from PFF in all 6 seasons of his career, including top-23 finishes among interior defenders in three of six seasons. He might not quite have the same sack total in 2021 as he did in 2020, but he should continue playing at a high level, still in the prime of his career in his age 27 season, having only missed one game ever due to injury, despite playing an average of 52.5 snaps per game.

The Giants also have another talented former first round pick interior defender in Dexter Lawrence, who they selected 17th overall in 2019 NFL Draft, with the pick they many expected the Giants were saving for a quarterback before their surprise selection of Daniel Jones at 6. The jury is still out on the Jones pick, but Lawrence has been as advertised, if not better. The 6-4 342 pounder is predictably a dominant run defender and a natural fit as a nose tackle in this 3-4 defense in base packages, but he’s also an above average pass rusher, adding 6.5 sacks, 12 hits, and a 7.8% pressure rate for his career. 

Overall, Lawrence has finished 21st and 19th respectively among interior defenders on PFF in 2019 and 2020 respectively and, a former first round pick who is not even 24 years old yet, he could get even better going forward and develop into one of the top overall interior defenders in the league. An every down player, Lawrence played 655 snaps last season, after 701 snaps as a rookie, and could see even more playing time in 2021 with Tomlinson gone.

The biggest beneficiaries from Tomlinson’s departure in terms of playing time will be BJ Hill and Austin Johnson, who played just 375 snaps and 231 snaps respectively last season, but fared well in the limited action. Hill has the higher upside of the two, as he has averaged 501 snaps per season since being selected by the Giants in the 3rd round in 2018 and has earned an above average grade from PFF in all three seasons. At 6-3 315, he’s a better run stuffer than pass rusher, but the Giants will mostly just need him to be a run stuffing third base package lineman and he hasn’t been a bad pass rusher either, with 7.5 sacks, 6 hits, and a 7.5% pressure rate in a part-time role throughout his career. 

Still only going into his age 26 season, Hill could have a mini breakout year in a bigger role in place of the departed Tomlinson. Austin Johnson, meanwhile, has never played more than 399 snaps in a season since being selected in the 2nd round in 2016, due to his complete lack of pass rush (3.3% career pressure rate), but the 6-4 315 pounder is not a bad situational run stuffer. He’s likely to play behind Hill, but he’ll probably also see an uptick in playing time from Tomlinson’s departure. 

Additionally, the Giants also signed veteran journeyman Danny Shelton in free agency, another big, run defense oriented player. The 6-2 335 pound Shelton is coming off of a down year, finishing 114th among 139 interior defenders on PFF across 498 snaps, and he’s never been much of a pass rusher, with a career 5.1% pressure rate, but, prior to last season, he had earned an above average run stopping grade from PFF in his first five seasons in the league. Still only in his age 28 season, he should be able to bounce back in a rotational role for this defense. Even with Dalvin Tomlinson gone, the Giants are in good shape at this position with a talented duo of every down players, a promising third base package player, and capable depth.

Grade: A-

Edge Defenders

While the Giants were deep and talented on the interior last season, almost the opposite was true on the edges. The Giants cycled through six different edge defenders who all played at least 100 snaps on the season and they didn’t get much production out of any of them, with no one topping 4 sacks on the season. Two of those players were Lorenzo Carter and Oshane Ximines, who had potential, but hardly played due to injury, limited to 234 snaps in 5 games and 110 snaps in 4 games respectively. 

Carter and Ximines will return in 2021, as will 2020 7th round pick Carter Coughlin, who struggled on 193 rookie year snaps and may not ultimately make this final roster. Those three holdovers will compete for roles in a wide open, largely overhauled position group that added a pair of players through the draft, 2nd round pick Azeez Ojulari and 4th round pick Elerson Smith, and a pair of veterans in free agency, Ryan Anderson and Ifeadi Odenigbo. 

Ojulari probably has the most upside of the bunch and was a great pick at 50th overall, as he easily could have been a late first round selection, but both of their rookies are raw and obviously unproven. Carter is probably the most proven of the position group, but that says more about the rest of this group than it does about Carter, who has just 9.5 sacks, 22 hits, and a 9.3% pressure rate in 35 career games since being selected in the 3rd round by the Giants in 2018. Carter is a solid run defender, can cover as well on occasions, and has earned slightly above average overall grades from PFF in his career, while averaging 40.1 snaps per game, but his chances of being significantly better in his 4th season in the league in 2021 would seem to be reduced by him coming off of a torn achilles.

Ximines isn’t coming off quite as severe of an injury and is also a former 3rd round pick, selected in 2019, but he was mediocre over 502 snaps as a rookie before last year’s lost year due to injury, so, while he does have some upside, it’s hard to depend on anything from him. Free agent additions Ryan Anderson and Ifeadi Odenigbo haven’t shown much in their careers either. Anderson was a second round pick in 2017 by Washington, but he has only had a significant snap count in one of his four seasons in the league, finishing 95th among 121 eligible edge defenders on 551 snaps in 2019 and spending the rest of his career buried on the depth chart. 

Odenigbo, meanwhile, was a 7th round pick in 2017, who played just 7 snaps in his first two seasons, but flashed potential across 368 snaps in 2019, before earning a middling grade in a larger role across 696 snaps in 2020. I wouldn’t expect him to be significantly better in 2021, but he could be a useful part of a rotation. This group has a lot of questions, but they might be able to put together decent play on the edges if they manage their rotation right and young players bounce back from injury and/or take a step forward.

Grade: C+

Linebackers

In the linebacking corps, the Giants got a big boost last off-season with free agent signing Blake Martinez, who signed a 3-year, 30.75 million dollar contract and paid immediate dividends by finishing 7th among off ball linebackers on PFF as an every down 16-game starter. Martinez also has a 18th ranked finish among off ball linebackers in 2018 with the Packers, but he’s still a one-year wonder in terms of playing at the level he did last season and he’s been pretty inconsistent in his career overall, earning middling grades in his other three of five seasons since being selected in the 4th round in 2016. He could remain an above average every down player and his durability is an asset as well, having played all 64 games while playing 64.3 snaps per game over the past four seasons, but he probably won’t be quite as good as he was last season again.

At the other linebacker spot, the Giants didn’t have nearly as good of an option and instead relied on a trio of Tae Crowder, Devante Downs, and David Mayo, who all saw action at different points of the season, playing 403 snaps, 233 snaps, and 194 snaps respectively. All three struggled mightily though and I wouldn’t expect much to be different in 2021. The one change in this group is Mayo is gone, with another veteran journeyman Reggie Ragland coming in to take his place. Ragland can’t cover at all, but he might be a better run stuffer than any of the three who saw action next to Martinez last season and he’s shown a little bit of potential as an edge rusher and blitzer as well. 

Ragland will probably only be a base package player and has never exceeded 582 snaps in a season in 4 seasons in the league, but he’s not a bad fit in that role. Ragland especially looks like a good option compared to Crowder and Downs, a 2018 undrafted free agent and a 2020 7th round pick who finished 93rd and 81st respectively among 99 eligible off ball linebackers respectively last season in the first significant action of either of their careers. Even in a thin position group, neither is guaranteed a role. This group will once again go as Blake Martinez goes and I would bet against him repeating last year’s career best year.

Grade: B-

Secondary

The Giants had some players who saw significant playing time in the secondary last season who struggled, most notably safety Julian Love, who finished 75th among 99 eligible safeties across 722 snaps, and cornerbacks Isaac Yiadom and Darnay Holmes, who both saw action at cornerback, but ranked 82nd and 116th respectively among 136 eligible cornerbacks across 634 snaps and 442 snaps respectively. However, this should be a more talented group in 2021 and it’s very possible those aforementioned players won’t see more than a reserve role.

At safety, the Giants are expecting more from 2020 2nd round pick Xavier McKinney, who suffered a serious injury before the season started and only returned to play 211 snaps as a rotational player in the final six games of the season. Even with last year’s injury plagued season, McKinney still projects as a starter long-term and he flashed plenty of potential in that limited action. He’s a projection to a larger role, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him be a solid every down starter with upside in his second season in the league.

Jabrill Peppers remains as the other starter. He wasn’t a problem for the Giants last season, earning a middling grade from PFF as a 15-game starter, across a career high 65.7 snaps, but the 2017 1st round pick has yet to live up to the expectations that came with being a high pick or that came with being acquired as part of the Odell Beckham trade. Peppers finished 23rd among safeties across 765 snaps on PFF in his second season in the league with the Browns in 2018, before being traded to the Giants, which seemed like a sign of things to come, but he’s been only a middling starter across 25 starts in 2 years with the Giants. Only going into his age 26 season, he may still have some untapped upside, but he also might just remain a capable, but unspectacular starter.

Hybrid player Logan Ryan also sees some action at safety, although his primary value to this defense is covering the slot. Because of the lack of depth in this group last season, Ryan was forced into playing almost every snap last season, 65.7 snaps per game over 16 games, but I would expect that snap count to come down this season in a deeper group. Peppers and McKinley will be the primary starting safeties, with Ryan mostly working as a slot specialist. 

Ryan has been a middling or better defensive back throughout his 8-year career, but he’s going into his age 30 season now, so it’s probably for the best that his playing time will likely be reduced somewhat. The Giants also still have Julian Love and the 2019 4th round pick did show more promise as a rookie across 408 snaps, but I have a hard time seeing a path to significant playing time for him without someone getting hurt ahead of him on the depth chart.

Love can also play some cornerback, but he won’t be needed for a role there either, with the Giants signing ex-Titan Adoree Jackson to a 3-year, 39 million dollar deal and using a 3rd round pick on Central Florida’s Aaron Robinson. Robinson might not see much action as a rookie, but he’ll provide depth at a position where their other depth options, Isaac Yiadom and Darnay Holmes, have already proven to struggle in significant action, although as a 2018 3rd round pick and a 2020 4th round pick respectively, it’s possible both young players do still have some untapped upside.

Regardless, Adoree Jackson will start at cornerback opposite last year’s big free agent cornerback signing James Bradberry. A solid cover cornerback throughout his first four years in the league with the Panthers, albeit one who frequently ranked among the league leaders in yards allowed while going up against some of the best wide receivers in the league one-on-one in the NFC South, Bradberry took things to another level in his first season in New York, finishing a career high 7th among cornerbacks on PFF. Bradberry is a bit of a one-year wonder in terms of playing at the level he played at last season and he might not be as good again in 2021, but he should at least remain an above average starter.

Jackson, meanwhile, was a bit of a surprise free agent this off-season. A first round pick by the Titans in 2017, Jackson seemed like one of the more promising young cornerbacks in the league, finishing 35th, 30th, and 16th respectively among cornerbacks in his first 3 seasons in the league, but knee problems limited him to 155 snaps in 2020 and the cap strapped Titans made the surprising move to release him ahead of a his non-guaranteed 10.244 million dollar 5th year option. 

Jackson wound up getting more money annually from the Giants, which normally isn’t a good thing, but this was such a weird off-season that Jackson’s deal could prove to be a solid value for the Giants if he can stay healthy and pick up where he left off before his injury. Only going into his age 26 season, there is still plenty of time for Jackson to bounce back. If he’s on the field in 2021, he should remain an above average starter and if he’s not, the Giants don’t have terrible depth at the position, even if most of it is young and inexperienced. The Giants are also deep and pretty talented at safety in a secondary that overall has a lot of talent and is noticeably improved from a year ago.

Grade: B+

Kicker/Punter

The Giants had slightly above average special teams, finishing 12th in DVOA, seeing a slight uptick in their first season under new head coach Joe Judge, formerly the Patriots special teams coordinator, as compared to their 17th ranked finish in 2019. The strength of their special teams was their place kicking unit, as Graham Gano went 21/23 on extra points and 31/32 on field goals, including 14/15 from 40+ yards, en route to finishing as PFF’s 7th ranked kicker on the season. Gano has generally been an above average kicker in his career, making 88.2% of his field goals over the past five seasons, with three finishes in the top-11 among kickers on PFF during that stretch. 

On the other hand, Gano struggled mightily on kickoffs, finishing dead last in kickoff grade on PFF, leading to the Giants finishing below average in kickoff DVOA. Gano has been better in that aspect in the past though, finishing in the top-12 on PFF in kickoff grade in seven straight seasons prior to last season, so he should be able to bounce back at least somewhat and be a passable kickoff specialist at worst in 2021.

Punter Riley Dixon was much more middling, finishing 21st among punters last season, which led to the Giants finishing slightly above average in punting DVOA. Dixon has mostly been a capable punter in his 5 seasons in the league, but he’s also never finished higher than 14th among punters on PFF, so he has a pretty limited ceiling and it wouldn’t be a surprise if he struggled a little bit. Gano is definitely the better of their two kicking specialists.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

The Giants also finished above average in punt return DVOA, averaging 11.4 yards per punt return, 6th in the NFL, led by their top punt returner Jabrill Peppers, who averaged 12.5 yards per return across 15 returns. Peppers hasn’t been as good in the past though, with just an 8.6 yards per punt return average across 74 returns in 4 seasons in the league, so he might not fare as well in 2021 as he did in 2020, but I would expect him to retain the job.

The Giants’ kickoff return team, on the other hand, did not fare as well, ranking 16th with 21.9 yards per return and finishing below average in kickoff DVOA. Dion Lewis, their primary kickoff returner a season ago, averaged just 22.4 yards per return on 24 attempts. He’s no longer with the team, leaving the job up for grabs. Wide receiver Darius Slayton returned 9 kickoffs for an average of 21.0 yards per as a rookie in 2019, but didn’t return any in 2020 and has a significant role on offense. 

CJ Board does not have a big role on offense and returned a couple kickoffs last year, but he’s very inexperienced. Darnay Holmes, a 2020 4th round pick, returned 38 kickoffs for 23.1 yards per return and a touchdown at the collegiate level, but didn’t return any kickoffs as a rookie. It’s very possible that any of the three would struggle if they won the starting job in 2021, so this looks likely to be a weakness again this season. They’ll likely be better on punt returns than kickoff returns, but they also might not be as good on punt returns as they were a year ago.

Grade: B

Special Teamers

The Giants got decent play from their special teamers last season, but one big concern going into 2021 is that veteran special teamer Nate Ebner is not with the team. Ebner led all Giants special teamers with 326 snaps played last season and earned his 8th straight above average grade from PFF, in his first season with the Giants after following his former special teams coordinator Joe Judge from New England, where he spent the first 8 seasons of his career. 

Ebner is still unsigned and it wouldn’t be a surprise for the Giants to bring him back for his age 32 season, but it’s also possible he opts to retire or signs elsewhere. He might be a little past his prime, but he’s also been one of the most accomplished special teamers in the league throughout his career. The Giants also lost David Mayo (204 snaps), but he struggled last season, so he won’t be missed much. The Giants did add some reinforcements in free agency, signing a trio of experienced special teamers in Corey Clement, Chris Milton, and Joshua Kalu, although all three have relatively low upside. 

Milton and Clement have surpassed 200 special teams snaps in their careers on three occasions and two occasions respectively, but have never earned more than middling grades from PFF. Kalu has the most upside of the bunch, flashing across 155 snaps in the first significant special teams experience of his career in 2019, but he was disappointing in a larger role in 2020, earning a middling grade across 274 snaps.

Elijhaa Penny (240 snaps) and Cam Brown (311 snaps) are their best returning special teamers and should be their top special teams players again, after top-100 finishes among special teamers on PFF in 2020, but both are one-year wonders in terms of performing at that level. In Brown’s case, that is because he was a rookie last season, but Penny had been middling at best throughout his first three seasons in the league prior to last season and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see both players regress noticeably in 2021.

Devante Downs (251 snaps), Levine Toilolo (152 snaps), Julian Love (188 snaps), and Carter Coughlin (147 snaps) all saw significant action last season as well, but they were middling at best and don’t have a history of being better than they were a year ago. This probably won’t be a bad group and they have plenty of experienced players, but they don’t have enough high upside special teamers for this to be a high upside group.

Grade: B-

Conclusion

The Giants aren’t regularly talked about as a team that could make a leap in 2021, but quarterback Daniel Jones was better than most realize in his second season in the league last season and, if he can stay healthy, he could easily step a big step forward statistically in his third season in the league, especially with an improved supporting cast. The Giants haven’t always spent their money in the best ways, but they have certainly been aggressive in building around Jones in the past two off-seasons, trying to maximize their window with a quarterback still on a cheap rookie deal. Even with Jones making significantly less than most quarterbacks, the Giants still rank 7th in the league in average annual value of the players they have signed to contracts and, while that doesn’t necessarily mean they have a strong supporting cast, there is a good amount of talent on this roster overall. 

The one big concern is the offensive line, which could derail this offense. The Giants may regret spending more resources on pass catchers and skill position players than offensive linemen, selecting a wide receiver in the first round and spending money that could have been spent on offensive line upgrades to pay Devontae Booker and Kyle Rudolph a combined 8.75 million annually. Still, I would expect this team to be better than most think and contend for a playoff spot in the NFC, even with the division being tougher than last year’s hapless group. They should be at least a capable team on both sides of the ball and have upside for more. I will have a final prediction for the Giants at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: Not much has changed for the Giants, who still figure to be better than expected, but probably not a playoff qualifier.

9/4/21: The Giants are not a bad bet to win the NFC East at 7:2, even though I wouldn’t predict them to do so, as they are a team that should be better than most think.

Prediction: 7-10 3rd in NFC East

Carolina Panthers 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

The Panthers moved on last off-season from long-time signal caller Cam Newton, who they selected #1 overall in 2011 and went to a Super Bowl with in his MVP season in 2015, but whose injury problems, particularly his surgically repaired shoulder, led to the Panthers deciding to change course long-term. The Panthers took the money they saved by releasing Newton and his 19.1 million dollar non-guaranteed salary and gave it to Teddy Bridgewater, one of the top free agent signal callers, who joined on a 3-year, 63 million dollar deal.

In Bridgewater’s first season in Carolina, the results were not what the Panthers wanted, as they finished just 5-11, but they were better than their record suggested. Most of the Panthers’ losses were close, with all but three coming by one score, and their 3-8 record in one score games is more the product of bad luck than anything this team was doing wrong. The Panthers also had one of the toughest schedules in the league, in part due to sharing a division with the Buccaneers and Saints, who happen to be the only teams to hand them multi-score losses all last season. 

In terms of schedule adjusted first down rate differential, the Panthers ranked a middling 17th at -0.08%, more suggestive of an 8-8 team than one that went 5-11. With an easier schedule and likely better luck in close games, it wasn’t a stretch to expect the Panthers to take a step forward in 2021 and win a few more games, even without drastically upgrading this roster. However, the Panthers decided they didn’t want Bridgewater to stick around for another year to be part of that, shipping him to the Broncos for a late round pick and eating most of the guaranteed money remaining on his deal. In total, the Panthers paid Bridgewater about 31 million for just 15 starts in one season and received just a late round pick in compensation for him in a trade. 

To replace Bridgewater, the Panthers sent a package of picks, including a 2022 2nd round pick, to the Jets for 2018 3rd overall pick Sam Darnold, who did not develop in three seasons with the Jets, but could benefit from a change of scenery, ahead of still only his age 24 season. The Panthers seem pretty committed to Darnold, not only giving up a future premium pick to acquire him, but also passing on both Justin Fields and Mac Jones with the 8th overall pick and functionally tying themselves to Darnold for at least two seasons by picking up his guaranteed option for 2022 at 18.858 million, though I suppose the Panthers could also salary dump him in a year like Bridgewater if he doesn’t pan out.

Even though this team was better than it’s record, trying to upgrade Bridgewater was understandable. His contract was an overpay to begin with, based on Bridgewater going 5-0 against an easy schedule with a very talented supporting cast in New Orleans, and looked worse a year in, after Bridgewater finished 31st among 42 eligible quarterbacks on PFF in 2020. Bridgewater’s statistical production wasn’t bad, completing 69.1% of his passes for an average of 7.59 YPA, 15 touchdowns, and 11 interceptions and the Panthers offense was a little better than average, finishing 15th in schedule adjusted first down rate at +0.50%, but Bridgewater had help from a solid supporting cast and plays in a relatively quarterback friendly offense, coordinated by up and coming young coaching candidate Joe Brady.

This season, the Panthers are hoping those same benefits can get the most out of Darnold, who was viewed by some as the most talented quarterback in a draft class that included Lamar Jackson, Josh Allen, and Baker Mayfield three years ago, but has had about as tough of a start to his career as he could have, getting no support from his supporting cast or coaching staff in New York with the Jets. In three seasons, Darnold completed just 59.8% of his passes for an average of 6.64 YPA, 45 touchdowns, and 39 interceptions.

Darnold’s highest rated season on PFF was actually his rookie year in 2018, when he finished 29th out of 39 eligible quarterbacks and actually showed signs of progress in the second half, but that was before the Jets hired head coach Adam Gase, whose coaching staff undoubtedly stunted Darnold’s growth and led to him ranking progressively lower on PFF in each of the next two seasons, ranking 31st out of 39 eligible in 2019 and 38th out of 42 eligible in 2020. Simply put, the Panthers are betting that he isn’t damaged goods and that they can build off some of the promise he showed earlier in his career and turn him into a capable starting quarterback. 

It certainly wouldn’t be the first time a quarterback written off as a bust turned it around and Darnold is younger than most, but his youth also means it’s possible that Darnold could still become a successful quarterback in the NFL someday, without him necessarily showing great progress in his first season in Carolina. Think of quarterbacks like Ryan Tannehill and Alex Smith, former high draft picks, who had to wait until several seasons into their career to turn into something more than a low end starting quarterback. It’s also very possible Darnold’s issues go beyond the Jets and, as much as his supporting cast deserves some of the blame for his struggles, he also had the worst QB rating in the league last season with a clean pocket. Darnold still comes with upside, but he’s far from a guarantee to make good on that in 2021.

If he doesn’t, the Panthers don’t have another option on this roster, not only passing on Fields and Jones at 8, but not selecting a signal caller at any point in the draft. PJ Walker was their backup last season and made the one start that Bridgewater missed with injury, actually winning the game to give the Panthers one of their five wins on the season, but that was largely a defensive effort as the Panthers won 20-0 over the hapless Lions in a game in which Walker completed 24 of 34 for 258 yards, 1 touchdown, and 2 interceptions. 

Walker also struggled even more in his other action last season, most notably his second half appearance in week 17 against the Saints after the Panthers pulled a struggling Bridgewater mid-game, only to see Walker go out and complete just 5 of 14 with 3 interceptions. In total, Walker completed 57.1% of his passes for an average of 6.57 YPA, 1 touchdown, and 5 interceptions in 2020, in the first career action for a 2017 undrafted free agent who only came onto the NFL’s radar when he had a dominant season in the shortened first season of the XFL. 

Barring a massive improvement, it doesn’t look like Walker will ever translate that to the NFL, but he’s likely to remain the backup for lack of a better option, as his primary competition is Will Grier, a 2019 3rd round pick who was drafted by the old coaching staff and who has completed just 28 of 52 for 228 yards, no touchdowns, and 4 interceptions in his career, a pathetic 33.2 QB rating. The Panthers will need their risky acquisition of Sam Darnold to pay off, lacking anything resembling a capable alternative, but Darnold comes with a very low floor, for as high as his theoretical ceiling still may be.

Grade: C

Receiving Corps

The biggest strength of this offense around Teddy Bridgewater in 2020 was their receiving corps, more specifically their top-3 wide receivers, DJ Moore, Robby Anderson, Curtis Samuel. All three earned above average grades from PFF, ranked in the top-30 among wide receivers in yards per route run with at least 1.93 yards per route run, and posted significant receiving yardage, totaling 66/1193/4, 95/1096/3, and 77/851/3 slash lines respectively. 

Moore and Anderson joined DK Metcalf and Tyler Lockett as one of two wide receiver duos to both surpass 1000 yards receiving in 2020 and Samuel also surpassed 1000 yards if you include the work he did as a runner, totaling 200 yards on 41 carries (4.88 YPC), lining up in the backfield on 35 of those 42 carries and taking the other 7 as end arounds or wide receiver sweeps. Samuel was a free agent this off-season and signed a 3-year, 34.5 million dollar deal in Washington, but the Panthers didn’t do a bad job replacing him. 

In free agency, the Panthers signed ex-Seahawk David Moore, who is an unspectacular player, but he averaged 1.42 yards per route run over the past three seasons as the Seahawks’ #3 receiver behind Metcalf and Lockett and at least gives the Panthers a relatively high floor at the position, while second round rookie Terrace Marshall gives them a high ceiling if he can beat out Moore for the job as a rookie. Marshall could have been a first round pick if not for injury concerns, so he could prove to be a steal for a Carolina team that snagged him with the 59th overall pick.

Moore and Anderson both remain and will try to repeat last season’s feat with a new quarterback in town. For Moore, topping 1000 yards was nothing new, as the 2018 first round pick also had a 87/1175/4 slash line in 2019 with worse quarterback play, earning PFF’s 12th ranked wide receiver grade in the process. Moore did not have 1000 yards as a rookie in 2018, but his 55/788/2 slash line and 1.81 yards per route run average were impressive for a rookie and he’s only gotten better from there. Still only in his age 24 season, it’s possible he could keep getting better. He still has two years left on his rookie deal, but the Panthers are likely trying to figure out how to lock him up long-term.

Anderson has been in the league longer, now heading into his sixth season in the league, but last season was his first 1000 yard year, so he’s a bit of a one-year wonder in terms of being that level of a receiver. Prior to signing a 2-year, 20 million dollar deal with the Panthers last off-season, Anderson spent the first four years of his career with the Jets and actually already has a couple years of experience with Sam Darnold, his quarterback with the Jets in 2018 and 2019. In those two seasons, Anderson averaged just 1.52 yards per route run and had slash lines of 50/752/6 and 52/779/5 respectively. 

Anderson wouldn’t be the first player to improve permanently after leaving the Jets and the same thing could happen with Darnold, but even last season his production was largely the result of a high volume (136 targets, 10th in the NFL, and 18 more than even DJ Moore) and he’s never finished higher than 41st among wide receivers on PFF in 5 seasons in the league, so he’s more of a high end #2 wide receiver, while Moore is a true #1 receiver who could take another step and become one of the top wide receivers in the league in his fourth season in the league in 2021.

As talented as the Panthers were at wide receiver, they had arguably the worst tight end group in the league last season, completing just 27 passes to tight ends. In an attempt to remedy this, the Panthers used a third round pick on Notre Dame tight end Tommy Tremble, who will get a chance to play as a rookie. The Panthers also signed veteran Dan Arnold in free agency, who has a good chance to win the starting job in a group that only contains a third round rookie and underwhelming incumbent Ian Thomas, a 2018 4th round pick who has averaged just 0.63 yards per route run, 5.58 yards per target, and has caught just 72 passes in 48 games in his career.

Arnold only has 51 catches in 31 career games in 4 seasons in the league since going undrafted in 2017 and he doesn’t give you much as a blocker, but he’s shown a lot of promise in limited action as a receiver, averaging 1.58 yards per route run for his career, so he could have a decent receiving total if he gets a significant target total for the first time in his career. Arnold was technically a starter last season with the Cardinals, but they don’t focus on the tight end position in their offense and Arnold received just 45 targets as a result. 

The tight end is not a big part of this offense either, but I would expect him to exceed that total if he wins the starting job. Unless Tremble can exceed expectations as a rookie or Thomas can unexpectedly take a big step forward, I would expect Arnold to be able to do that. The Panthers will miss wide receiver Curtis Samuel, who left as a free agent this off-season, but they added decent replacements for him at wide receiver, and if the Panthers can get more out of the tight end spot, that will make up for some of Samuel’s absence as well. Led by Moore and Anderson, this is a solid group overall.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

One key player that Teddy Bridgewater did not have the benefit of for most of last season was feature back Christian McCaffrey, who was limited to 76 touches and 171 snaps in 3 games by injury. McCaffrey led the league with 403 touches in 2019, after 326 touches in 2018, so it’s not really a surprise that McCaffrey got hurt in his 3rd attempt at a massive workload (25.3 touches per game), but he has never missed a game with injury aside from last season and, still only going into his age 25 season, he’s a good bet to bounce back in 2021, even if the Panthers give him a massive workload again.

I don’t see any reason why they wouldn’t as, not only is McCaffrey an incredible playmaker, but the Panthers also don’t have much depth at the position after letting veteran backup Mike Davis, who was solid in McCaffrey’s absence last off-season, walk as a free agent this off-season. Not only is McCaffrey a dominant runner, rushing for 1,387 yards and 15 touchdowns on 287 carries (4.83 YPC) last season and 1,098 yards and 7 touchdowns on 219 carries (5.01 YPC) in 2018, after struggling as a runner as a rookie in 2017, but he posts receiving numbers similar to a #2 wide receiver, with a 80/651/5 slash line as a rookie, a 107/867/6 slash line in 2018, and a 116/1005/4 slash line in 2019. Overall, he finished the 2018 season as PFF’s 8th ranked running back and the 2019 season as their 3rd ranked running back. I would expect a similar season from him barring another fluke injury.

McCaffrey’s re-addition also won’t take too many pass attempts away from the Panthers’ wide receivers, as between the 19 targets McCaffrey had in 3 games last season and the 70 attempts they gave to Mike Davis in McCaffrey’s absence, the Panthers already had a good amount of targets go to running backs last season. McCaffrey, who has averaged 6.71 yards per target in his career, figures to be a lot more effective in the passing game than Davis, who averaged just 5.33 yards per target on those targets. He should also be an upgrade on the ground for a team that averaged a below average 4.19 YPC last season (22nd in the NFL).

With Davis gone, the Panthers used a fourth round pick on Oklahoma State’s Chuba Hubbard to replace him and, even as a rookie, he has a pretty good chance to lock up the #2 running back job, as his only competition are a trio of running backs in Rodney Smith, Reggie Bonnafon, and Trenton Cannon who saw limited action behind Davis in 2020. Smith led the bunch with 41 carries, but the 2020 undrafted free agent averaged just 3.80 YPC in the first significant action of his career. 

Bonnafon is also a former undrafted free agent, signing in 2019, and he has just 28 career carries in two seasons in the league. Cannon, meanwhile, is a former 6th round pick of the Jets in 2018, but has averaged just 3.04 YPC on 48 carries in three seasons in the league. Hubbard has by far the most upside of their backup options, but even he would be a big downgrade from McCaffrey if McCaffrey gets hurt again. Assuming that doesn’t happen, this Panthers offense will benefit from having one of the best running backs in the league back in the lineup for a full season.

Grade: A

Offensive Line

The one group on this offense around the quarterback that was a concern for the Panthers heading into the off-season was their offensive line, which held up pretty well last season, but had numerous contributors set to hit free agency. The Panthers did lose some of those contributors and they have some major concerns on this group heading into 2021, but they kept their most important free agent, right tackle Taylor Moton, with the franchise tag, guaranteeing him 13.754 million for 2021, assuming a long-term deal isn’t worked out in the meantime.

That long-term deal is probably in the Panthers’ interest though, as Moton has proven himself as one of the better right tackles in the league and he is very much still in his prime in his age 27 season, without a single game missed to injury in his career. After only playing 70 snaps as a rookie, the 2017 2nd round pick was inserted into the starting lineup in his second season in 2018 and he hasn’t looked bad, making all 48 starts since and finishing 16th among offensive tackles on PFF in 2018, 16th in 2019, and a career best 13th in 2020. Whether it’s on the franchise tag or a long-term deal, I would expect more of the same from him in 2021.

Unfortunately, the Panthers did not retain left tackle Russell Okung. Okung is getting up there in age, heading into his age 33 season, and he’s had a concerning injury history, including a 2020 season in which he played just 406 snaps in 7 games, so it’s somewhat understandable the Panthers wouldn’t pay him significant money to return, but they really didn’t replace him and, even though his playing time was last limited, he was still by far their best left tackle and finished 34th among offensive tackles on PFF, so he will be missed. In his absence last season, three different players, Greg Little, Trent Scott, and Dennis Daley, all saw starts and the Panthers added another potential starting option this off-season in Cam Erving, as well as a long-term option in 3rd round rookie Brady Christensen.

Those are all underwhelming options though. Scott saw the most action in Okung’s absence last season and most held up across 347 snaps (4 starts), but the 2018 undrafted free agent also finished 82nd among 85 eligible offensive tackles on PFF as a 9-game starter in 2019, in the only extended starting experience of his career, and would likely struggle in a season long role. Greg Little has the most upside, being selected in the 2nd round in 2019, but a combination of injuries and ineffectiveness have limited him to just 358 below average snaps thus far in his career. He could take a big step forward in his third season in the league and may be the favorite for the starting job, but neither of those things are guaranteed.

Daley saw 9 starts at left tackle in 2019 as a 6th round rookie, replacing an injured Greg Little, but Daley was predictably pretty ineffective, finishing 69th among 86 eligible offensive tackles. In 2020, even though he had opportunities to play more, he saw just 135 snaps all season, the majority of which came at guard, which could be where Daley ultimately ends up starting in 2021, as the Panthers also lost some guards in free agency this off-season. 

Cam Erving can also play guard, but he’s never been good anywhere, earning below average grades from PFF in all 6 seasons in the league. He nominally has experience (47 career starts) and versatility (20 starts at tackle, 15 at guard, 12 at center), but if you take into account that he’s struggled throughout that playing time, the experience and versatility don’t mean a whole lot. Unless Little can step up in a big way in his third season in the league, left tackle should be a big position of weakness for the Panthers in 2021, which wasn’t the case for most of 2020 when Okung played half the season and Trent Scott was able to hold up in a few spot starts.

At guard, Michael Schofield (270 snaps), John Miller (910 snaps), and Chris Reed (892 snaps) all saw significant action last season and, while they were unspectacular, they held up pretty well overall, so it was a concern going into this off-season that all three were set to hit free agency. The Panthers retained Miller on a one-year deal and also signed Pat Elflein in free agency, giving them up to a four player competition for the two guard spots, depending on whether or not Daley or Erving kick inside.

Daley may fare better at guard than he has at tackle, though it’s worth noting it would hardly be a disappointment for him to never develop into a consistent starter as a 6th round pick. Erving’s history of struggles suggests he will almost definitely struggle if counted on for significant action, but I would expect him to end up in the lineup somewhere at one point or another, if for no reason other than the Panthers gave him a 2-year, 10 million dollar deal and have an unsettled group upfront.

Elflein also got a significant contract this off-season, signing 3-year, 13.5 million dollar deal, also a head scratching deal considering Elflein was released by the Vikings mid-season last season and struggled in 6 starts for the Jets after resurfacing later in the season. Elflein is a 2017 3rd round pick who is experienced with 49 career starts and he earned a middling grade from PFF in 15 starts in 2019, so he has some bounce back potential, but he has been very inconsistent throughout his career, including his first two seasons in the league in 2017 and 2018 when he played center.

John Miller is the safest bet of the bunch, as he’s made 74 starts in 6 seasons in the league since being drafted in the 3rd round in 2015 and, with the exception of his rookie season, he’s always earned around a middling grade from PFF. He’s an unspectacular player who has never finished higher than 23rd among guards on PFF, but he’s a steady starting option at a position of weakness, so I would expect him to win one of the two starting jobs, after making 14 starts in 2020. Even with Miller though, this is an unsettled and underwhelming position group.

Compared to all the decisions the Panthers had to make at other positions upfront, center was a relatively boring position for Carolina this off-season, with center Matt Paradis entering his third season in Carolina and the final year of a 3-year, 29.03 million dollar deal that he signed with the Panthers two off-seasons ago. That deal made sense at the time, as Paradis had finished in the top-11 among centers on PFF in all 4 seasons as a starter with the Broncos (57 starts), including a career best 2nd ranked finish in 2016 and a 3rd ranked finish in his contract year in 2018. However, Paradis has been about an average starter in 32 starts for the Panthers, so he’s been a disappointment. 

There are several things that likely led to the decline and I wouldn’t expect things to turn around at this point. Paradis was an older free agent two off-seasons ago and is now already heading into his age 32 season and Paradis had also suffered a broken leg at the end of his tenure in Denver and it’s possible he hasn’t been the same since. Either way, his best days are almost definitely behind him, even if he continues being a solid starter for a few more seasons. He’s still a useful player on an offensive line that can’t afford any more unsettled positions.

Grade: B-

Edge Defenders

The Panthers weren’t that good defensively last season, ranking 17th schedule adjusted in first down rate allowed at -0.58%, but they had one of the youngest defenses in the league and exceeded expectations by even being a middling unit. Probably the biggest reason for their success was the emergence of second-year defensive end Brian Burns, who the Panthers selected 16th overall in 2019. Burns wasn’t bad as a rookie, particularly as a pass rusher, with 7.5 sacks, 8 hits, and a 10.4% pressure rate, despite only playing about half the snaps, but he took a big step forward in his second season, totaling 9 sacks, 13 hits, and a 13.6% pressure rate and finishing as PFF’s 14th ranked edge defender on 750 snaps. 

The 6-5 250 pound Burns has been significantly better as a pass rusher than a run stopper in both seasons, but he was a capable run defender last season, in addition to finishing 6th among edge defenders on PFF in pass rush grade. He’s technically a one-year wonder in terms of being the player he was last season, but, at the same time, he’s still only in his age 23 season, so he could easily develop into one of the top players in the league at his position over the next few years. Development of young players is not always linear, but I would expect another strong year from him, even if he comes with more variance than comparable players. 

Burns could also benefit from getting more pass rush snaps, after the Panthers somewhat questionably dropped him into coverage on 17.9% of his pass snaps last season, an aspect in which he struggled. That’s because the Panthers signed Haason Reddick in free agency, who will play opposite Burns and drop into coverage on occasion, hopefully allowing Burns to focus on the aspect of the game in which he dominated last season. Reddick wasn’t great in coverage either, but he dropped into coverage on 26.7% of his pass snaps in 2020, which was actually down significantly from the first three seasons of his career in which he was a hybrid edge defender/off ball linebacker, dropping into coverage on 64.7% of his pass snaps.

A first round pick in 2017, Reddick was highly inconsistent across those three seasons, including a terrible 2019 campaign in which he finished 96th among 101 eligible off ball linebackers across 690 snaps. Moving to a more traditional edge defender role led to Reddick having a breakout 2020 campaign though, especially as a pass rusher, as he actually finished below average both against the run and in coverage, but ranked 24th among edge defenders overall because he finished 11th in pass rush grade and totalled 12.5 sacks, 8 hits, and a 13.6% pressure rate on the season. 

Reddick and Burns would likely both benefit from not having to drop into coverage as much, but Reddick is the better option to drop in coverage if they have to drop one of them on occasion, not just because of his experience as a coverage linebacker, but because he’s been a less consistent pass rusher than Burns throughout his career. Burns is such a dominant edge rusher that it really doesn’t make sense to regularly have to drop into coverage rather than try to pressure the quarterback. 

Yetur Gross-Matos, a 2020 2nd round pick, should also see a role. The 6-5 265 pounder is more of a traditional defensive end and only dropped into coverage on 5.7% of his pass snaps last season. He finished below average on PFF across just 377 snaps, but he dealt with injuries that limited him to just 12 games and could be improved in his second season in the league, perhaps significantly so. 

Marquis Haynes, a 2018 4th round pick, could also continue seeing playing time after playing a career high 390 snaps last season, but he’s very inexperienced and has finished with a negative grade from PFF in all three seasons, despite his limited playing time. He would only see a deep rotational role in a group with three clear options ahead of him, including a duo that are both coming off of great pass rush seasons, even if they both had never had a season that good previously.

Grade: B+

Interior Defenders

What made the Panthers’ capable defensive performance last season even more surprising was that it mostly came without one of their most proven interior defenders Kawann Short, who went down for the season after 123 snaps in 3 games. In his prime, Short was one of the Panthers’ best players and one of the best interior defenders in the league, but he’s had two straight seasons derailed by injury, playing 199 snaps total over that stretch, so the Panthers made the decision to move on from him this off-season, rather than paying him 14.5 million for his age 32 season in 2021.

Derrick Brown, the Panthers 7th overall pick in 2020, was originally supposed to form a talented duo with Short, but instead he is more of a replacement for him. Brown had an up and down rookie year, but ultimately ended up with about a middling grade from PFF across 742 snaps, generating consistent pass rush, but leaving something to be desired against the run. Obviously given Brown’s draft status, he has a lot more untapped potential and could easily take a big step forward in his second season in the league, en route to becoming one of the best players in the league at his position. That’s not a guarantee, but I would expect more from such a talented player in year two.

Along with Short, the Panthers lost several other free agents at the interior defender position this off-season, including most notably Zach Kerr, who excelled on 390 snaps in a rotational role last season. To remedy this, the Panthers signed a pair of free agents in DaQuan Jones and Morgan Fox. They’re very different players for two guys who play the same position, so they should complement each other well, working in a platoon depending on the situation. 

Jones is a bigger run stuffer at 6-4 320 who has earned an above average grade from PFF for his run defense in six straight seasons, including two seasons in the top-15 among interior defenders in run defense grade over that stretch, but he has barely contributed as a pass rusher, with 9 sacks, 22 hits, and a 5.8% pressure rate in his career. He did play a career high 706 snaps in 2020, but it was one of his more underwhelming seasons overall and, now going into his age 30 season, it’s possible Jones could take a step back overall in 2021. Still, he’s a solid signing for a team that needed help at the position.

Fox, meanwhile, has averaged 363 snaps per season over the past three seasons as a situational pass rusher with the Rams. The 6-3 275 pound former undrafted free agent has predictably earned a below average grade from PFF for his run defense in each of those three seasons, but he has also added 10.5 sacks, 7 hits, and a 8.3% pressure rate in his limited action, consistently showing pass rush ability in all three seasons. He should have a significant sub package role for the Panthers and could exceed last year’s career high of 403 snaps. If he exceeds that total drastically, he could struggle, but he should be able to be a decent rotational option.

While the Panthers lost most of their leaders in snaps played at the interior defender spot from last season, they do retain Bravvion Roy, a 2020 6th round pick who saw 419 snaps as a rookie. Roy was terrible across those snaps though, finishing 128th among 139 interior defenders on PFF. It wouldn’t be hard for him to be better by default in 2021 and he should continue to have a role in this group, but it’s worth mentioning that 6th round picks typically don’t even develop into useful rotational players. The Panthers also used a 5th round pick in this past draft on Iowa’s Daviyon Nixon and, while he was generally regarded as a steal, that doesn’t necessarily mean he’ll contribute as a rookie or develop long-term. This retooled group isn’t bad overall, but they’ll need a breakout year from Derrick Brown to get to another level.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

Part of why the Panthers were expected to be so bad defensively last season was that an already underwhelming defense in 2019 lost All-Pro middle linebacker Luke Kuechly to an early retirement. Shaq Thompson took over as the Panthers top linebacker in his absence, but a formerly solid linebacker had the worst campaign of his career in 2020, finishing 71st among 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF. Thompson had only earned average or better grades from PFF in 5 seasons prior and he’s still only in his age 27 season, so I like his chances of bouncing back even without Kuechly next to him, but even at his best, he’s a massive downgrade from what Kuechly was.

The rest of this linebacking corps consisted of situational players last season, with Tahir Whitehead and Jermaine Carter serving as the other two base linebackers in the Panthers’ 4-3 scheme and safety Jeremy Chinn frequently moving down around the line of scrimmage in sub packages to play as second coverage linebacker next to Thompson. This season, Whitehead is gone, but he was replaced by free agent Denzel Perryman and the rest of this group should remain about the same. 

Swapping Whitehead for Perryman should prove to be an upgrade, perhaps significantly so, after Whitehead finished 97th among 99 eligible off ball linebackers on 398 snaps last season. Perryman has left something to be desired in coverage throughout his career and has never played more than 481 snaps in any season in his 6-year career, partially because of his lack of coverage abilities, but also because he’s missed 27 games due to injury in his career. However, he’s a high level run defender who has finished in the top-6 among eligible off ball linebackers against the run twice in his career, including 2020, and, though he’ll probably miss some time with injury, he’s otherwise a perfect fit as a base linebacker in this defense.

Jermaine Carter is less impressive, having played just 631 snaps in 3 seasons since the Panthers selected him in the 5th round in 2018, but he at least earned the first above average grade of his career from PFF last season, albeit across just 284 snaps. He’s an underwhelming player who would likely struggle if stretched into a larger role, but he’ll probably be a capable base package linebacker, which is all the Panthers really need from him.

Chinn, meanwhile, earned an above average coverage grade, including the occasions he covered as a deep safety, where he was not as effective as he was as a linebacker, but he also finished below average against the run. His tackle total of 117 was impressive, but his 7.1 yards average depth of tackle and 4.2% run stop rate are both underwhelming for someone who plays in the box as much as he does and his 18 missed tackles were among the most in the league. 

It’s possible the 2020 2nd round pick takes a step forward in his second season in the league, but the 6-2 212 pounder is always going to be undersized for a linebacker. He definitely adds to their coverage unit though and he’s the kind of versatile player you can move around to mask his weaknesses. The Panthers obviously lack anyone the caliber of Luke Kuechly, but they could piece together a solid linebacking corps.

Grade: B-

Secondary

Along with linebacker, Chinn also plays safety, where he typically started next to Tre Boston last season. Boston struggled, finishing 79th among 99 eligible safeties on PFF, and was not retained this off-season. Without any significant additions made to this group this off-season, the Panthers will instead rely on getting more out of Juston Burris, who played 790 snaps as the 3rd safety last season, coming in as a sub package safety when Chinn played linebacker, and Sam Franklin, a 2020 undrafted free agent who struggled across 251 snaps as a reserve as a rookie. Burris figures to start next to Chinn, with Franklin taking over Burris’ old role as the 3rd safety and likely seeing significant action.

Along with Franklin, Burris also was underwhelming last season, so, while Boston didn’t play very well, losing him without replacing him could hurt this group for depth purposes. Burris has been better in the past, but not in every season and he had also never played more than 409 snaps in a season prior to last season, so I would expect him to struggle as a season long every down starter at safety. Franklin, meanwhile, is likely to struggle as well, unless he takes a big step forward in year two, something that might never happen for a player who was allowed to fall out of the draft entirely just a year ago.

At cornerback, the Panthers lost Rasul Douglas and Corn Elder, who held up over 821 snaps and 411 snaps respectively last season, but they replaced them by using the 8th overall pick on South Carolina’s Jaycee Horn and signing veteran AJ Bouye to a 2-year, 7 million dollar deal in free agency. That should be an upgrade and they definitely give the Panthers a higher ceiling at the position, but they come with some downside as well, Horn because he’s a rookie and Bouye because he’s earned below average grades from PFF in back-to-back seasons, after reaching a career peak from 2016-2018, when he ranked 5th, 7th, and 22nd among cornerbacks on PFF. Bouye isn’t that old, still just going into his age 30 season, but his best days are probably behind him. His injury history is concerning as well, as he’s played in all 16 games just once in 8 seasons in the league.

Horn and Bouye should start, leaving Donte Jackson as the likely 3rd cornerback. Jackson wasn’t bad across 599 snaps last season, but he’s been pretty inconsistent throughout his career since being selected by the Panthers in the 2nd round in 2018, including a 2019 campaign in which he finished 103rd among 109 eligible cornerbacks across 726 snaps. Still only going into his age 26 season, Jackson is young enough that he could still get better and perhaps his play last season was a sign of things to come, but the Panthers don’t seem willing to commit to a starting role for him, adding Horn and Bouye and leaving Jackson as the third cornerback at best.

Jackson’s primary competition for the third cornerback role will be 2020 4th round pick Troy Pride, who will need to make a big step forward after finishing 132nd among 136 eligible cornerbacks across 529 snaps as a rookie, and veteran Rashaan Melvin, who hasn’t earned an above average grade from PFF since 2017, missed all of last season with an opt-out, and now is going into his age 32 season. Depth is a bit concerning at cornerback, but overall they’re in much better shape at cornerback than safety. Their top-3 cornerbacks all possess significant upside, but also significant downside and their safety group is very underwhelming outside of Jeremy Chinn, a part-time linebacker.

Grade: C+

Kicker/Punter

The Panthers had decent special teams overall last season, finishing 16th in special teams DVOA. According to DVOA, their best special teams aspect was kickoffs, while their worst was field goals/extra point. This isn’t a surprise when you look at their kicker Joey Slye, who has been among the best kickoff specialists in the league over the past two seasons, ranking 2nd on PFF in that aspect in each of the past two seasons, but who has also finished below average on place kicks in both seasons, making just 90.1% of his extra points and 79.4% of his field goals. The Panthers are sticking with Slye for his third season in the league in 2021, not adding any competition for him, so I would expect the same disparity between his kickoff and place kicking ability. 

The Panthers also finished above average in DVOA on punts last season, in large part due to impressive rookie punter Joseph Charlton, an undrafted free agent who was PFF’s 5th ranked punter on the season and led the league with a 4.57 second hang time. Charlton seems likely to keep this up in 2021 and beyond and, while the Panthers did bring in another undrafted free agent punter this year, Oscar Draguicevich, it’s very unlikely he’ll be able to unseat Charlton from the starting job. With both their kicker and punter returning, the Panthers should get similar play from both spots in 2021, meaning spotty field goal kicking, but great punting and kickoffs.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

Another area where the Panthers finished above average in DVOA was kickoff returns, while their punt returns were below average. Wide receiver Pharoh Cooper led the team in both kickoff returns (18) and punt returns (20), but he was underwhelming in both aspects, averaging 23.9 yards per and 5.9 yards per respectively and the Panthers’ return game could be better off with him no longer on the team. 

Running back Trenton Cannon, who vastly exceeded Cooper’s average with 29.8 per on 10 returns in 2020, figures to take over as the primary kickoff return man. He has just 16 career kickoff returns and has never returned a punt, but he has a lot of promise on kickoff returns. Wide receiver David Moore, meanwhile, is likely to take over as the punt returner, after averaging 8.5 yards per on 22 returns with the Seahawks over the past two seasons. Both he and Cannon have a good chance to be better than Cooper was last season.

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

The Panthers got good play from most of their key special teamers last season, but there is some reason to be concerned heading into 2021. Alex Armah (199 snaps) and Adarius Taylor (195 snaps) are gone and both played well last season. Frankie Luvu, who was signed in free agency, was also solid last season across 236 snaps, but he’s only one player and, while he’s finished above average on PFF in two of three seasons in the league, he struggled across 211 snaps in 2019, so he’s not a sure thing to play well.

Their top-4 still remain and all of Julian Stanford (255 snaps), Myles Hartsfield (249 snaps), Brandon Zylstra (239 snaps), and Jermaine Carter (233 snaps) earned above average grades from PFF, but Hartsfield and Zylstra are one-year wonders and depth is an issue beyond them. Trenton Cannon played 163 special teams snaps last season, but struggled. Sam Franklin played well across 156 snaps, but could see that snap count drop in 2021 if he plays a bigger role on defense. After him, the Panthers didn’t have another special teamer play more than 150 snaps or earn an above average grade from PFF, so the Panthers will be counting on unproven inexperienced and/or rookie special teamers a lot in 2021. I expect this group to be worse than a year ago, even if they aren’t a terrible group overall. 

Grade: B

Conclusion

The Panthers played better than their 5-11 record last season, losing a bunch of close games against a tough overall schedule, but it also feels like that level of play was overachieving, compared to their talent level. Overall, the Panthers have some high level players, mostly from nailing their past four first round picks (Christian McCaffrey, DJ Moore, Brian Burns, and Derrick Brown), but the talent isn’t really there behind those players and, in fact, the Panthers have just two other players on this roster (Jeremy Chinn and Taylor Moton) that they’ve drafted outside of the first round that have developed into consistent starters and they were both second round picks, with essentially nothing of note coming out of the third round or later from any of their recent drafts. That lack of depth shows when you look at this roster.

Perhaps this young coaching staff will get the most out of this roster again, but even if they do, they aren’t significantly more talented than they were a year ago, so it’s hard to see this team contending for a playoff spot, even with Drew Brees’ retirement making their divisional schedule a little easier. Their decision to swap out Teddy Bridgewater and replace him with Sam Darnold gives them a higher upside under center, but also a significantly lower floor. 

Without a capable backup quarterback, in the scenario where Darnold doesn’t improve noticeably from his time with the Jets, the Panthers would either be stuck with a struggling Darnold or would have to turn to an unproven backup quarterback who would likely struggle even more. In either case, the Panthers would likely find themselves among the worst teams in the league, so they are really relying on improvement from Darnold. I will have a final prediction for the Panthers at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Panthers have not made any significant additions since this was originally written and they are minimally effected by special teams being more predictive than expected.

9/4/21 Update: The Panthers played a lot of close games a year ago, but unless Sam Darnold can exceed expectations, the Panthers likely downgraded from a stable, but unspectacular starter in Teddy Bridgewater. Also, for as much skill position talent as they have on offense, I am very concerned about their new look offensive line, which is likely to start Cam Erving, a mediocre swing tackle, on the blindside.

Prediction: 5-12 4th in NFC South

Miami Dolphins 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

Two off-seasons ago, the Dolphins undertook an aggressive rebuilding strategy. After years of mediocrity, somehow winning between 6 and 8 games in 9 of the previous 10 seasons, with the exception being a 10-6 season in which they lost in the first round of the post-season, the Dolphins rapidly parted ways with players, either for financial reasons and/or to acquire future draft assets, with the intention of playing young players, accumulating significant draft capital, rolling forward future amounts of cap space, and probably picking up high draft picks of their own over the next couple seasons because of a roster that was significantly subpar. 

Among others who went out the door, the Dolphins traded away long-time starting quarterback Ryan Tannehill and even traded away recent first round picks Laremy Tunsil and Minkah Fitzpatrick for future first round picks. The Dolphins also fired head coach Adam Gase after three seasons and brought in promising Patriots defensive coordinator Brian Flores, a young coach who understood what he was getting into with a rebuilding team.

The result was not expected to be any good in the short-term and, to begin the 2019 season, they might have even been worse than expected, losing each of their first 4 games by at least 20 points per game and an average of 34.3 points per game. However, things improved pretty rapidly from there. They didn’t win their first game until a few weeks later, but the margin of defeat dropped significantly and, after a 0-7 start, they actually managed to win 5 of their final 9 games of the season. 

Veteran quarterback Ryan Fitzpatrick, who replaced an overwhelmed young player in Josh Rosen, proved to be a steady hand under center, while the Dolphins’ impressive new coaching staff managed to get the most out of the rest of this roster. Perhaps the most important thing is that they managed to do that without playing themselves out of draft position for a top quarterback prospect. While they did not wind up with the #1 pick in the 2020 NFL Draft, as at one point seemed inevitable, which would have gotten them Heisman winner and National Champion Joe Burrow, their 5th overall pick still allowed them to select a former National Champion and Heisman finalist Tua Tagovailoa, albeit one who was coming off of a major hip injury. 

The Dolphins still finished the 2019 season 30th in first down rate differential at -3.58%, despite their solid finish to the year, but there was still a lot of reason for this team to be optimistic going forward, with a potential franchise quarterback on a cheap rookie deal in the fold in Tagovailoa and significant draft capital and financial flexibility coming in the future. The Dolphins used some of that financial flexibility and draft capital last off-season to improve this roster and, overall, the Dolphins seemed likely to take a step forward in their second season of the rebuild. However, few expected the Dolphins to do what they did in 2020, which was to finish 10-6 and just on the edge of the post-season in the AFC.

That being said, the Dolphins weren’t quite as good as that suggests, as they finished the season ranked 20th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at -0.60%. Part of it was they faced arguably the easiest schedule in the league. Four of the Dolphins’ wins came against the three worst teams in the league, the Jets (twice), the Jaguars, and the Bengals, while just two of their wins came against teams with a .500 or better record, a 3-point victory over the 8-8 Cardinals and a win over the 10-6 Rams in which the Dolphins managed just 8 first downs and 145 yards of offense and primarily won because they had return touchdowns of 78 yards and 88 yards, which certainly is not sustainable way to week in week and week out.

Beyond those two return touchdowns, the Dolphins benefitted from other metrics that have little predictive value, ranking 2nd in opponent’s field goal conversion rate at 73.91%, 7th in fumble recovery rate at 56.76%, and 3rd in turnover margin at +9. Recovering fumbles and opponents missing field goals are not replicable skills, while turnover margin is highly inconsistent on a week-to-week and year-to-year basis. 

I’ll get into this more in the defense section, but their defense also significantly benefited from being unsustainably good on 3rd and 4th down, as compared to how they played on 1st and 2nd down, allowing opponents to pick up a first down on a league low 33.02% of 3rd and 4th downs, but actually ranking 29th by allowing a 34.07% first down conversion rate on 1st and 2nd downs, meaning that somehow it was easier to convert on 1st and 2nd down against the Dolphins last season than it was to do so on 4th down.

On top of that, the Dolphins offense was actually at it’s best not when rookie Tagovailoa was on the field, but when they played veteran Ryan Fitzpatrick. Fitzpatrick started the first 6 games of the season, but was then benched for Tagovailoa, only to see Tagovailoa not come close to matching his production level, completing 64.1% of his passes for an average of 6.26 YPA, 11 touchdowns, and 5 interceptions (another 8 dropped by defenders) on the season and finishing as PFF’s 33rd ranked quarterback out of 42 eligible, while Fitzpatrick completed 68.5% of his passes for an average of 7.83 YPA, 13 touchdowns, and 8 interceptions and finished as PFF’s 19th ranked quarterback. Perhaps most concerning for Tagovailoa is he was actually outperformed on the ground by the aging veteran, averaging 3.03 YPC on 36 carries, while Fitzpartrick averaged 5.03 YPC on 30 carries, even though Tagovailoa was known for his athleticism before his injury.

On several occasions, the Dolphins actually benched Tagovailoa mid-game for Fitzpatrick who was a noticeable improvement and even occasionally led the Dolphins to a comeback victory, but they refused to go back to the veteran permanently and this off-season they let him walk as a free agent, where he signed in Washington to be their expected starter. The Dolphins added an above average insurance policy for Tagovailoa by signing ex-Colt Jacoby Brissett, who has made 32 starts in 5 seasons in the league, but he has largely been an underwhelming starter and would likely be a downgrade over Fitzpatrick’s 2020 performance if he had to see action.

Of course, the Dolphins are hoping that doesn’t happen, expecting Tagovailoa to take a big step forward in his second season in the league, another year removed from his injury. The Dolphins had the financial flexibility and draft capital to make a big trade for a veteran this off-season or they also could have used the 3rd overall pick they acquired from the Texans as part of the Laremy Tunsil trade on a different young quarterback in a strong quarterback draft class, but instead they traded down and opted to build around Tagovailoa in the draft and in free agency. 

If Tagovailoa can take a step forward and the supporting cast the Dolphins have been building up over the past two off-seasons can do so as well, that should counter the fact that they will have a much tougher schedule, that they are unlikely to win the turnover margin by as much, that they are likely to regress on third and fourth downs on defense, and that they are unlikely to have the same special teams and return touchdown success. However, I have some questions about this supporting cast holding up its end of the bargain, which I will get into, and Tagovailoa is the big question, which makes the Dolphins among the most high variance teams in the league. 

If Tagovailoa can bounce back from the significant injury that ended his college career and from his underwhelming first season and develop into the franchise quarterback it looked like he would one day become, the rest of this team is talented enough that the Dolphins could still be playoff contenders, but if Tagovailoa plays like he did last season, the Dolphins are bound to disappoint. I would lean more to the latter than the former because of how many question marks Tagovailoa comes with as an inexperienced, unproven player who may never be the same after a significant injury and, even if he someday does reach his potential, that doesn’t necessarily mean he is going to be an above average starter in year two, but the scenario where he makes a big leap is a possibility as well. 

Grade: B-

Receiving Corps

The group the Dolphins upgraded the most this off-season was their receiving corps, which was a big problem last season, lacking any consistent wide receivers behind #1 option Devante Parker. Parker led the team with a 63/793/4 slash line, but no other wide receiver topped 36/373/1 on the season. To remedy this, the Dolphins address the position in free agency and in the draft, signing Texans wide receiver Will Fuller to a one-year deal, 10 million dollar deal and using the 6th overall pick after trading down from the 3rd pick on Alabama wide receiver Jaylen Waddle. Parker, Fuller, and Waddle figure to play together in a much improved group of top-3 wide receivers.

Parker is a former first round pick in his own right, being selected 14th overall by the Dolphins in 2015. Parker’s first four years in the league left something to be desired, as he never played all 16 games, frequently disappointed coaches with his work ethic, and maxed out with a 56/744/4 slash line in his second season in the league in 2016. After Parker had a career worst 24/309/1 slash line in 2018, it looked as if he would be released ahead of the expensive 5th year option on his rookie deal, but the Dolphins instead re-signed him to a cheaper deal and he rewarded them with his long awaited breakout year in his 5th season in the league in 2019, finishing with a 72/1202/9 slash line, playing all 16 games for the first time, and ranking 17th among wide receivers on PFF.

That slash line fell to 63/793/4 in 2020, but that was more because he missed a couple games with injury and because the Dolphins were much run heavier in 2020 than 2019. His 1.75 yards per route run average was still only slightly down from his 1.89 average in 2019 and was still the 2nd best of his career. He also finished 32nd among wide receivers on PFF in 2020, only slightly behind 2019 and also the 2nd best finish of his career. 

Parker isn’t quite a true #1 receiver and, though he is still young in his age 28 season, he probably is as good as he’s going to get, but having proven it for two years now, I would expect his early career issues to mostly be in the past now and that he will continue being an above average starting option for at least the next couple seasons. The Dolphins locked him up long-term after 2019 on a 4-year, 30.5 million dollar extension that was a risk at the time for the Dolphins, but a risk that seems to have mostly paid off.

Fuller is also a former first round pick, being selected 21st overall by the Texans in 2016, and he’s also had some issues to start his career. His biggest issue has simply been staying on the field, as he has yet to surpass 14 games in a season in 5 seasons in the league. Fuller didn’t show much early in his career, in part due to poor quarterback play, and he missed 8 of his first 32 games as well, but he showed a lot more promise over the past three seasons in Houston with Deshaun Watson healthy under center, averaging 2.24 yards per route run, 2.03 yards per route run, and 2.28 yards per route run over the past 3 seasons respectively.

However, that has translated to just slash lines of 32/503/4, 49/670/3, and 53/879/8 respectively, as he was limited to 7 games and 11 games by injury in 2018 and 2019 and, in 2020, when it seemed like he was finally going to make it through a full season, and on pace for a 77/1279/12 per 16 game slash line through 11 games while ranking 10th among wide receivers on PFF, Fuller was suspended for the rest of the season for performance enhancing drugs, a 6-game suspension that will also keep him out for week 1 of 2021. 

Fuller has assured the Dolphins it was a one-time mistake and the Dolphins are taking a chance on him with a one-year deal, not just because of the PEDs, but because of his injury history, but it’s a risk that could pay off, though the one-year nature of his deal limits the overall upside. Waddle’s selection may mean Fuller is likely to ultimately be one and done in Miami, but for now, they will be a talented wide receiver trio, as long as all three are healthy. Waddle is coming off of an injury plagued season as well in his last collegiate season, while Parker has only made it through one full season without missing time in 6 tries, so that might be easier said than done, but having all three at least gives them some insurance.

The Dolphins also have some decent depth options. They return Jakeem Grant (36/373/1), Preston WIlliams (18/288/4), Lynn Bowden (28/211/0), and Mack Hollins (16/176/1) from last year’s group and will also have a pair of veterans in Allen Hurns and Albert Wilson who are returning from opting out of the 2020 season and they totaled slash lines of 32/416/2 and 43/351/1 respectively in 2019. All would be underwhelming starters if they had to see extended action and none of them may be guaranteed a roster spot, but it’s a group with some promise.

Preston Williams might have the most, as he has averaged a decent 1.51 yards per route run averaged in two seasons since signing with the Dolphins as an undrafted free agent, but he has struggled to stay on the field, playing just 16 of a possible 32 games. Lynn Bowden is a 2020 3rd round pick, although he was traded by the Raiders to the Dolphins before his rookie year even started and his 1.00 yards per route run average as a rookie is really underwhelming. 

Jakeem Grant is a good situational deep threat, but has never played more than 370 snaps in a season and the 5-7 169 pounder isn’t anything more than a situational player. Mack Collins was a 4th round pick by the Eagles in 2017, but he’s managed just 42 catches in 48 career games and 0.99 yards per route run. Hurns and Wilson have some history of success, especially Hurns, but they’re going into their age 30 and age 29 season, after missing an entire season. The Dolphins were right to focus on upgrading this group, but the holdovers they replaced don’t make bad depth options.

Lacking options at wide receiver behind Devante Parker last season, tight end Mike Gesicki finished 2nd on this team in receiving with a 53/703/6 slash line. That was a big step forward for Gesicki, a 2018 2nd round pick who improved his yards per route run average from 1.04 over the first two seasons of his career to 1.60 last season. Gesicki’s 51/570/5 slash line from 2019 isn’t bad, but it was primarily the product of the amount of opportunity he received. 

In 2020, despite receiving a few targets fewer than in 2019 (89 in 2019 vs. 85 in 2020) and despite running almost 100 fewer routes on a more run heavy team, he saw his receiving yardage increase by about 23.3%. He also finished 7th among tight ends on PFF in pass catching grade, after never earning more than a middling grade previously. Gesicki is a one-year wonder in terms of playing like he did as a receiver last season and he’s never been much of a blocker, but he entered the league with a high upside and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him continue being an above average pass catcher. If he does, he figures to get a significant contract from someone as a free agent next off-season.

That contract might not come from Miami though, as they have pretty solid depth behind him. Durham Smythe and Adam Shaheen added 451 snaps and 367 snaps played respectively last season as primarily blocking specialists and both earned above average grades from PFF in that limited role, not only blocking well, but showing a little bit of potential as receivers for the first time in their brief careers, with Smythe being a 4th round pick in 2018 and Shaheen being selected in the 2nd round in 2017 by the Bears, who eventually shipped him to Miami after he didn’t pan out in Chicago. The Dolphins also used a 3rd round pick in this year’s draft on Boston College’s Hunter Long, though that might be more of a move focused on the future, with both Gesicki and Smythe heading into the final year of their deals. In the meantime, the Dolphins have a deep tight end group as part of an overall much improved receiving corps.

Grade: A-

Running Backs

It was also expected that the Dolphins would invest significantly at the running back position this off-season, after rotating through five different starters at the position, but instead they only added veteran backup Malcolm Brown and wanted until the 7th round to select a running back, when they took Cincinnati’s Gerrid Doaks. That is good news for Myles Gaskin, who led this group with 142 carries in 2020 and was the starter for most of the season, and, to a lesser extent, Salvon Ahmed, who was their primary backup down the stretch and also returns for 2021 along with Gaskin.

Gaskin is hardly a proven lead back though, so it was surprising they didn’t even add a more capable complement at some point. A 7th round pick in 2019, Gaskin managed just 3.69 YPC on 36 carries as a rookie, before seeing that average improve to 4.11 YPC on 142 carries in his 2nd season in the league, decent, but unspectacular. Gaskin missed 6 games with injury last season and could see his carry total increase just because of improved health, but he’s a projection to a feature back role and would be best in tandem with another running back.

Salvon Ahmed could be that other back, but he’s highly unproven, as the 2020 undrafted free agent didn’t see his first career offensive touch until week 9 and finished the season with just a 4.25 YPC on 75 carries in 6 games. Malcolm Brown, meanwhile, has never topped the 101 carries in a season he had last season, despite having 6 seasons in the league. His 4.15 YPC average left something to be desired as well, as does his career average of 3.99 across 298 career carries. Given their other options, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see 7th round rookie Gerrid Doaks see extended action at some point. Barring a big breakout season from one of their backs, this figures to be a below average backfield once again in 2021.

Grade: B-

Offensive Line

The Dolphins also needed to add talent on the offensive line this off-season, but they didn’t really do much here either. They used a 2nd round pick on Notre Dame’s Liam Eichenberg, who can play both tackle and guard, but he’s mostly just a replacement for veteran Ereck Flowers, who finished 32nd among guards on PFF in 14 starts last season, but was salary dumped in a trade with Washington this off-season. They also signed ex-Raven Matt Skura to replace center Ted Karras, who signed in New England as a free agent, but he could also be a downgrade. Fellow veteran signing DJ Fluker, a guard/tackle, is equally uninspiring.

The Dolphins had a trio of rookies see significant action for this group last season, with first round pick Austin Jackson making 12 starts, second round pick Robert Hunt making 11 starts, and fourth round pick Solomon Kindley making 13 starts and the Dolphins will be hoping this young group can take a step forward in year two, but by replacing Flowers with Eichenberg, they have made this group arguably even younger and less experienced than a year ago. 

Jackson has the best chance to take a step forward in year two, not just because of his draft status as the 18th overall pick (Miami’s second of three first round picks in 2020), but because he drastically underperformed his draft slot as a rookie and has a lot of room for improvement, after finishing 84th among 89 eligible offensive tackles on PFF. He still has a high ceiling and could easily be a lot better in his 2nd season in the league, but it might be optimistic to expect more than middling play from him in year two, even if he does take a step forward.

Solomon Kindley also struggled, finishing 76th among 86 eligible guards in 13 starts and, as only a former 4th round pick, there is much less guarantee he ever improves and develops into a starter. He’s probably not even locked into a starting job in year two with 2019 3rd round pick Michael Deiter and a pair of veterans in DJ Fluker and Jesse Davis also in the mix for roles in the interior of this line with Eichenberg and Kindley. 

Deiter played just 23 snaps last season after finishing 79th among 82 eligible guards in 15 starts as a rookie, but he still has theoretical upside. Davis has made 56 starts over the past 4 seasons (31 at tackle and 25 at guard), but has never been more than a replacement level player and is now heading into his age 30 season. Similarly, Fluker has also never been more than a replacement level player in 96 career starts (40 at tackle, 56 at guard) and is now heading into his age 30 season.

Additionally, the Dolphins could start either Eichenberg or Davis at right tackle and move Robert Hunt inside to guard. Hunt might have been their best offensive lineman in 11 rookie year starts at right tackle though, even if he finished just slightly above average on PFF, so the Dolphins may want to leave him there. Whether it’s at guard or tackle though, Hunt still projects as a long-term starter and could take a step forward in his 2nd season in the league, though that’s not a guarantee.

New center Matt Skura, meanwhile, is probably locked into a job, just because the Dolphins lack a better option. Skura has made 51 starts over the past four seasons, but the 2016 undrafted free agent has never been more than a middling starter. He’s an underwhelming addition for a team that had the assets needed to upgrade this group this off-season, but that will instead be relying on a mix of very young, inexperienced players and middling at best veterans. Even with a lot more skill position talent around the quarterback this season, the Dolphins’ offensive line woes could inhibit this offense significantly unless their young players step up in a hurry.

Grade: C+

Edge Defenders

The Dolphins’ defense ranked 5th in points per drive allowed last season, but they benefited from one of the easiest schedules in the league and, as mentioned earlier, they were unsustainably good on third and fourth downs. Even though they allowed the 4th highest conversion rate in the league on 1st and 2nd down at 34.07%, the Dolphins led the NFL with a 33.02% conversion rate allowed on 3rd and 4th downs, somehow allowing a lower conversion rate on third and fourth downs than first and second.

The Dolphins ranked just 12th in first down rate allowed, 15th when schedule is taken into account, but third and fourth downs are significantly more important downs, which allowed the Dolphins to rank where they did in points per drive. Unfortunately for the Dolphins, there is no evidence that something like that is sustainable. There is next to zero year-to-year correlation in how much a team exceeds their 1st/2nd down performance on 3rd/4th down, on either side of the ball.

The Dolphins had the financial flexibility and draft capital to make significant additions to this group this off-season, but they don’t look significantly better overall, which is concerning given they are starting from a lower base point than most realize, based on their easy schedule and their unsustainably good performance on third and fourth downs. In fact, one of the Dolphins moves this off-season was to reverse course on a big signing from last off-season, releasing edge defender Kyle Van Noy only a year and 15.075 million into a 4-year, 51 million dollar deal.

Van Noy was only a middling player in 2020 and he was more of a hybrid edge defender/off ball linebacker, dropping into coverage on 50.8% of his pass defense snaps, but he played 811 snaps in 14 games, so releasing him isn’t a small move. Additionally, the Dolphins also reversed course on their signing of fellow edge defender Shaq Lawson, who actually did play relatively well in the first year of a 3-year, 30 million dollar deal, finishing as PFF’s 29th ranked edge defender on 571 snaps in 14 games.

The Dolphins at least got linebacker Benardrick McKinney in a trade with Houston for Lawson, but losing Lawson and Van Noy still opened up a significant amount of edge defender snaps for the Dolphins. To fill those snaps, the Dolphins used their other first round pick on University of Miami’s Jaelen Phillips and will also likely use 2019 5th round pick Andrew Van Ginkel in a larger role, after he saw 479 snaps last season. 

Van Ginkel showed a lot of promise against the run last season in that role, after struggling on 197 rookie year snaps in 2019, and, like Van Noy, he can drop into coverage a little bit as well, but he has yet to show much as a pass rusher, with just 6.5 sacks, 8 hits, and a 7.7% pressure rate in his career. He could remain an above average run defender, but he’s a projection to a larger role and I wouldn’t expect much pass rush from him.

Emmanuel Ogbah was the only edge defender that the Dolphins signed last off-season who remains, with Lawson and Van Noy already gone. Signed to a 2-year, 15 million dollar deal, Ogbah was well worth it in year one, leading the team with 9 sacks, 13 hits, and a 12.6% pressure rate. That’s by far a career best though, for a player who has just 27 sacks, 35 hits, and a 9.4% pressure rate in his career, and he continued being an underwhelming run defender, as he has been throughout his career.

Ogbah came into the league with a high upside as the 32nd overall pick in the 2016 NFL Draft and he isn’t a complete one-year wonder, showing signs of being an above average pass rusher in 2019, leading to the Dolphins signing him to that aforementioned deal, though that came in an injury plagued season, when he had 5.5 sacks, 4 hits, and a 10.8% pressure rate in 10 games, so he’s still pretty unproven. He could continue being an above average pass rusher, in the prime of his career in his age 28 season, and he could see an even bigger snap count after playing 792 snaps last season, in what looks like an overall thinner group this season, but Ogbah also comes with some potential downside.

The Dolphins will also get Vince Biegel back from a torn achilles that cost him all of 2020 and he figures to be able to carve out a rotational role in this thinner group. How he plays in that role is a bit of a question, but he did earn an above average grade from PFF on 627 snaps in a very thin group in 2019, playing well against the run and totaling 2.5 sacks, 12 hits, and a 10.7% pressure rate, so he does come with some upside. He’s also a former 4th round pick, but he only played 124 snaps in his first two seasons in the league, which is his only NFL experience aside from 2019, so he’s a complete one year wonder coming off of a significant injury, so it’s hard to project him to more than a rotational role. This isn’t a bad position group, but there are concerns as well.

Grade: B

Interior Defenders

On the interior, the Dolphins lost free agent Davon Godchaux, who signed a 2-year, 15 million dollar deal with the Patriots and replaced him by signing former Patriot Adam Butler to a 2-year, 7.5 million. One to one, Butler is a downgrade from Godchaux, which shows in their contracts, but Godchaux was limited to 172 snaps in 5 games by injury last season, so his loss won’t affect them that much and all Butler will need to do to be an upgrade is stay relatively healthy. In Godchaux’s absence, Christian Wilkins, Raekwon Davis, and Zach Sieler led the way with 637 snaps, 538 snaps, and 532 snaps respectively and all three return and all figure to see playing time in a four man rotation including Adam Butler.

Wilkins and Davis have the most upside of the group and will likely start and lead the way in snaps, after being selected in the first round in 2019 and the second round in 2020 respectively. Wilkins has earned slightly above average grades from PFF in back-to-back seasons to begin his career, across snap counts of 730 and 637 respectively, and has the higher upside overall, as he could still develop into one of the better interior defenders in the league over the next few years, but Davis had a promising rookie year as well, across 538 snaps. Both figure to at least be capable starters in 2021 with the upside for significantly more if one or both break out.

That leaves Sieler and Butler to play reserve roles, but they still figure to see significant snap totals. Sieler was a bit of a surprise last season, as the 2018 7th round pick of the Ravens saw just 135 snaps in his first two seasons combined and was already on his second team, but when Godchaux went down, that freed up playing time for him and he held up pretty well, earning a slightly above average grade from PFF across 532 snaps, especially impressing as a pass rusher with 3.5 sacks, 7 hits, and a 7.9% pressure rate. He’s a one-year wonder who might not repeat last season’s performance, but he also could have permanently turned a corner and will remain a solid rotational player. Either way, he’ll be counted on for a significant role, particularly in sub packages.

Butler, meanwhile, is also primarily a sub package option. In New England, he never exceeded 481 snaps in a season and played on a pass snap 74.2% of the time, in 4 seasons after being signed by the Patriots as an undrafted free agent in 2017. Butler totalled 15 sacks, 9 hits, and a 7.2% pressure rate in 63 games, including 4 sacks, 4 hits, and a 8.5% pressure rate in a career best year in 2020, but his inability to hold up against the run kept him from ever earning more than a middling overall grade from PFF for a season, including a 112nd ranked finish out of 139 eligible among interior defenders in 2020. He could be a decent part of a rotation, but the Dolphins will need either Wilkins or Davis to break out for this to be more than a middling group.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

As I mentioned earlier, the Dolphins made a swap this off-season of edge defender Shaq Lawson for Benardrick McKinney. The deal also featured a swap of late round picks, but those were largely irrelevant to the trade, which was otherwise a rare swap of above average veterans. I mentioned the Dolphins will miss Shaq Lawson off the edge, but McKinney does fill a need in the linebacking corps, where the loss of Kyle Van Noy will also be felt, as he played off ball a significant amount. 

McKinney missed all but 4 games with injury last season, but prior to last season, he earned an above average grade from PFF in all 5 seasons of his career, with a career best 9th ranked finish in 2018 and a 25th ranked finish in his most recent full season in 2019. On top of that, he had only missed 2 of a possible 64 games over the past two seasons and was largely an every down player, averaging 64.2 snaps per game, and, still only going into his age 29 season, he has plenty of bounce back potential if he can avoid another fluke injury. 

McKinney also has a little experience as a rusher off the edge and blitzing at a high rate, rushing the passer on 24.4% of his pass snaps for his career, which understandably made him appealing to a Dolphins team that likes to blitz their off ball linebackers and to occasionally line them up off the edge. McKinney has not fared as well as a pass rusher as he has against the run or in coverage though, totaling 11.5 sacks, 19 hits, and a 11.0% pressure rate, despite frequently being an extra rusher, so it’s fair to wonder if he should just be used as more of a traditional linebacker, but that’s unlikely in Miami.

Jerome Baker, who led this group with 868 snaps last season and who will also play every down with McKinney, also was used in that fashion last season, rushing the passer on 23.9% of his pass snaps. Baker finished last season with 7 sacks, but that is a bit of a misleading total, as he added just 4 hits and a 12.6% pressure rate, despite almost always being an extra rusher. He also struggled against the run and earned a middling grade overall from PFF. 

The 2020 season was an improvement over 2019 for Baker, where his terrible run play landed him 87th among 101 eligible off ball linebackers overall, even though he held up in coverage and as a pass rusher, but Baker has still yet to live up to the potential he showed across 678 snaps as a 3rd round rookie in 2018. Perhaps he’ll take a step forward in his 4th season in the league in 2021, but he will need his run play to improve significantly for that to happen.

The Dolphins run a hybrid defense that uses more 3-4 base concepts than 4-3, so they don’t often line up with three off ball linebackers at the same time, but their depth options could still become a factor at some point if injuries strike. The Dolphins had several free agent departures in the linebacking corps this off-season, but they did retain Elandon Roberts, keeping the former Patriot for a second straight season on a one-year deal. 

That comes despite the fact that he struggled mightily in limited action last season, finishing dead last among 99 eligible linebackers on PFF on 402 snaps. Roberts was at least a capable run stuffer in New England in the first 4 seasons of his career, but he never earned more than a middling grade overall and his career high 558 snaps came in a 2017 campaign in which he finished 90th among 99 eligible linebackers on PFF. He’s not a horrible insurance policy, but he would likely struggle if he had to see significant action, especially in coverage.

The Dolphins also signed Duke Riley in free agency to serve in a depth role, but he’s pretty underwhelming as well. A third round pick in 2017 by the Falcons, Riley is already on his third team and the only season of his career in which he didn’t finish below average on PFF was the 2019 season, in which he played just 29 snaps. Like Roberts, he isn’t terrible depth, but he would likely struggle if he had to see significant action. With the addition of McKinney, this is a solid group overall, but they don’t have a terribly high upside.

Grade: B-

Secondary

By far the Dolphins’ best defensive player in 2020 was top cornerback Xavien Howard, who led the league with 10 interceptions, finished as PFF’s 2nd ranked cornerback overall, and made a case to be named Defensive Player of the Year, joining winner Aaron Donald and runner up TJ Watt as one of three players to receive a vote. Howard has always had great potential if he could stay healthy and put it all together, but even still his 2020 campaign, coming in the fifth season of the 2016 2nd round pick’s career, was a surprise.

Howard did record 7 interceptions in 2018 as well, but he also allowed a terrible 16.2 yards per catch average and was frequently beaten deep, leading to him ranking just 19th among cornerbacks on PFF, despite an elite interception total. Even that was by far the best year of his career prior to 2020 though, as he had totaled just 5 interceptions in his other 3 seasons, had consistently received middling grades from PFF in those 3 seasons, and had missed 24 games in a 4-year stretch as well. 

It’s possible Howard could repeat his dominant 2020 campaign again, but it’s more likely his history of inconsistency and injuries rears its head again and he comes short of last season’s performance. That could easily still mean he’s an above average cornerback and a capable #1 cover cornerback, but it’s unreasonable to assume he’ll be as good as he was again last season, especially with the Dolphins facing a much tougher schedule of passers this season. In many ways, he reminds me of Stephon Gilmore, who won Defensive Player of the Year in 2019, before taking a step back against a tougher schedule in 2020, but with more of an injury history and less of a history of consistent success than Gilmore.

With Howard likely to take a step back in 2021, the Dolphins will be counting on more from their other starting cornerback Byron Jones, who was a bit of a disappointment in the first year of a 5-year, 82.5 million dollar deal he signed with the Dolphins last off-season, coming over from the Dallas Cowboys. In many ways, more was expected of Jones than Howard going into 2020 and the fact that his contract made him the highest paid cornerback in the league at the time, a noticeable increase from the 5-year, 75.25 million dollar extension the Dolphins gave Howard following the 2018 season, shows that the Dolphins probably expected a little more out of him as well. 

Jones finished 7th among cornerbacks on PFF in 2018 and 17th in 2019, joining Stephon Gilmore as the only cornerback to finish in the top-17 in both seasons at a position where consistent high level play is tough to come by, so it was understandable the Dolphins paid Jones what they did, but Jones fell to 57th among cornerbacks on PFF in his first season in Miami in 2020, a big disappointment given how big his contract was.

Jones was a much more middling player earlier in his career, prior to his final two seasons with the Cowboys, but that was back when the 2015 first round pick played safety, which he did for most of the first three seasons of his career. Most likely, last season was just a fluke down year for a talented player at a notoriously inconsistent position, who is otherwise in the prime of his career in his age 29 season, with just 3 games missed due to injury in 6 seasons in the league. He has a good chance to bounce back in 2021, which should make up for any regression from Howard opposite him. Overall, Jones and Howard are likely to be one of the top cornerback duos in the league again in 2021.

The Dolphins also made a big investment into another cornerback last off-season, using the final of their three first round picks, 30th overall, on cornerback Noah Igbinoghene, and he too was a disappointment. He was limited to just 286 snaps in 10 games, finished 135th among 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF, and spent most of the year behind second year undrafted free agent Nik Needham, who also struggled, finishing 112nd among 136 eligible cornerbacks on 617 snaps.

The Dolphins also don’t seem terribly committed to giving Igbinoghene a bigger role in 2021 either, adding a pair of veteran slot cornerbacks this off-season in Justin Coleman and Jason McCourty, who could both see sub package snaps over Igbinoghene. Coleman was an above average slot cornerback in 2017 and 2018 with the Seahawks, but fell off significantly over the past two seasons after signing a big contract with the Lions, culminating in a 2020 season in which he ranked 120th among 136 eligible cornerbacks on 470 snaps, which led to his release this off-season. Only in his age 28 season, Coleman has bounce back potential, but he’s been pretty inconsistent in his 6-year career, so he’s hard to depend on.

McCourty, meanwhile, has been much more dependable throughout his career, but his age is becoming a big concern, now in his age 34 season. McCourty was one of the better cornerbacks in the league in his prime in Tennessee from 2010-2013, excelling against the run, but also holding up in coverage and finishing in the top-22 among cornerbacks in all four seasons and, while he fell off in some injury plagued years from 2014-2016, his career had a second life as a depth cornerback with the Browns and Patriots over the past four seasons and McCourty even finished 22nd among cornerbacks across 474 snaps as recently as 2019 and 14th among cornerbacks across 835 snaps as recently as 2018. 

However, he fell off significantly in 2020, falling to 85th among cornerbacks among 136 eligible across 665 snaps, so he might not have much of anything left in the tank, given his age. He was a worthwhile flyer to take, especially because of his veteran leadership, but he might not see much real action. With Nik Needham, who was a little better on 743 snaps as a rookie before struggling last season, also still in the mix, this is a deep group of cornerbacks, even if they lack a clear 3rd option behind a talented top-two. Igbinoghene has the highest upside of the bunch obviously and, after being one of the youngest rookies in the league in 2020, only turning 21 in the middle of the season in November, he could still develop into an above average player long-term and take a big step forward in year two.

The Dolphins also added to an already deep safety group this off-season, so they may use more three safety sets in sub packages at the expense of three cornerback sets. Eric Rowe and Bobby McCain were both serviceable starters last season, while 2020 3rd round pick Brandon Jones showed some promise on 385 snaps, but the Dolphins still added Oregon’s Jevon Holland to the mix in the second round of this year’s draft and he could push to start as a rookie. With Jones going into his second season, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see something of an open competition at the position, but the veterans Rowe and McCain both having to fend off multiple challengers for their starting role, something they could fail to do, allowing higher upside, but higher variance options into the starting lineup. 

Both Rowe and McCain have backgrounds as cornerbacks and have never been more than middling safeties, so it wouldn’t be a surprise for either one of them to see some action at cornerback if needed this season, though neither has been much better there either, with the exception of an above average season on the slot by Bobby McCain in 2017, when he played 664 snaps. The Dolphins have options in a deep and talented secondary that is led by arguably the best cornerback duo in the league.

Grade: A-

Kicker/Punter

The Dolphins finished last season 6th in special teams DVOA, but by far the best aspects of their special teams were their place kicking and kickoffs, which tend to be the least predictive aspects of special teams in terms of future winning, and, if special teams DVOA is weighted in the most predictive way, the Dolphins were a much more middling special teams unit in 2020. On top of that, there is no guarantee that kicker Jason Sanders will be as good in 2021 as he was in 2020.

Sanders finished last season 1st among kickers on PFF, making 36/36 extra points and 36/39 field goals, including 8/9 from 50+ yards, while also excelling on kickoffs, but he was not nearly as good in either aspect in his first two seasons as a starter in 2018 and 2019, making just 97.0% of his extra points and 82.0% of his field goals combined and especially struggling in 2019, when he finished 23rd among 38 eligible kickers on PFF. He’s not necessarily going to be that bad again in 2021, but I wouldn’t expect him to be as good as he was in 2020 either, which will hurt this special teams significantly.

On the other hand, the Dolphins struggled on punts, finishing with a below average punting DVOA. The Dolphins will try to improve by replacing Matt Haack, who finished last season as PFF’s 17th ranked punter, with veteran Michael Palardy, but Palardy is a risky signing. Not only did he miss all of 2020 with a torn ACL, but he struggled the previous season, finishing 27th among 32 eligible punters on PFF. He finished 13th and 4th in 2017 and 2018 respectively, so he has some history of success, but he’s far from a guarantee to bounce back or to be an upgrade over Haack.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

Kickoff returns were also an area of weakness for the Dolphins in 2020, as they finished with a negative kickoff return DVOA and ranked dead last with 17.9 yards per return. Jakeem Grant was their primary returner and managed just a 21.5 yards per return average, but the good news is he’s been their kickoff returner for five seasons and was significantly better in his first four, averaging 25.1 yards per return across 81 returns with a pair of touchdowns, so he could be better in 2021 than he was in 2020.

Grant is also their punt returner and fared better in that aspect last season, taking 29 punt returns for an average of 11.4 yards per and a touchdown, while the Dolphins finished above average in punt return DVOA as a team. Grant also has a track record of success in that aspect, averaging 9.9 yards per return across 93 career attempts with three touchdowns. Still only in his age 29 season, Grant should remain an above average returner in 2021 and should see his kickoff return production be more in line with his career average. 

Grade: B+

Special Teamers

The Dolphins special teamers were a top heavy group last season, led by Clayton Fejedelem (302 snaps) and Andrew Van Ginkel (314 snaps), who finished 17th and 143rd among special teamers on PFF, while the rest of the group was middling at best, with no one else playing more than 100 snaps and finishing in the top-200 among special teamers on PFF. The Dolphins also lost a pair of key special teamers from last season Kamu Grugier-Hill (230 snaps) and Kavon Frazier (292 snaps), but the special teamers they added in free agency are better than the players they lost, so they should have a good chance to have better depth in this group in 2021. 

They’ll also benefit from retaining special teams coordinator Danny Crossman, who is going into his 15th consecutive season as a special teams coordinator in the NFL and will add the title of assistant head coach for the first time in his career in 2021. Cethan Carter (312 snaps), Brennan Scarlett (158 snaps), and Duke Riley (251 snaps) all finished above average on PFF last season and have multiple years of above average grades from PFF in their careers and they all have a good chance to continue playing at a high level in 2021. 

Carter was the best of the bunch in 2020, finishing 25th among special teamers on PFF and, while he might not be as good in 2020, he’s still one of the better special teamers the Dolphins could have added this off-season. Fejedelem is also highly proven, finishing above average on PFF in all five seasons in which he’s been a special teamer, across an average of 347 snaps per season, although Van Ginkel is just a one-year wonder, which is a bit of a concern.

The rest of their depth is still a concern too, as Sam Eguavoen (273 snaps), Mack Hollins (248 snaps), Noah Igbinoghene (247 snaps), Brandon Jones (238 snaps), Durham Smythe (224 snaps), Calvin Munson (214 snaps), and Patrick Laird (173 snaps) all finished below average in significant roles in 2020 and at least some of them will have to see significant roles again in 2021, even though none of them have a history of success. Still, this should be an improved group overall in 2021, which will benefit the Dolphins specialists significantly.

Grade: B+

Conclusion

The Dolphins are a popular pick to take a step forward in 2021 and become a contender, but they’re starting from a much lower base point than most realize, given all the things that went in their favor last season that are unlikely to continue. They also didn’t upgrade this supporting cast as much in the off-season as they probably could have, with only their receiving corps looking noticeably better from a year ago and, unless second year signal caller Tua Tagovailoa can take a step forward in his second year in the league, the Dolphins also figure to have worse quarterback this season than last season, when Ryan Fitzpatrick threw about half their pass attempts and outplayed Tagovailoa. 

The wild card here is this team’s youth, which gives them a high upside, especially if Tagovailoa can make a big step forward in his second season in the league, and this coaching staff led by Brian Flores seems like one of the better in the league, which has led to a team that has outperformed their talent level in back-to-back seasons, but a lot needs to go right for this team to make it to the post-season against a much tougher schedule in 2021. I will have a final prediction for the Dolphins at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Dolphins will get some benefit from their special teams, but unless they significantly outperform expectations on offense and defense, it’s unlikely they will have a winning record. Their schedule is significantly tougher this season and their defense won’t have the same success on third and fourth downs, while their offense likely downgraded at the quarterback position.

9/4/21 Update: The Dolphins have upside if Tua Tagovailoa can live up to expectations, but unless he’s significantly improved, I would expect the Dolphins’ quarterback play to be worse than a season ago, when Ryan Fitzpatrick was by far their most effective passer. Their receiving corps is obviously better than a year ago, but their offensive line and running game are still big questions and their defense is unlikely to be as good on 3rd and 4th downs as they were a year ago, when they had a significant gap between their defensive effectiveness on early downs and on late downs. Add in a tougher schedule and this team seems likely to take a step back, barring Tagovailoa being unexpectedly good in year two.

Prediction: 6-11 3rd in AFC East

Baltimore Ravens 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

In 2019, the Baltimore Ravens were one of the most dominant regular season teams in recent memory. They finished the season ranked 1st in the NFL in first down rate at 35.38%, 5th in first down rate allowed at 28.75%, and 1st in first down rate differential at +6.63%, a wide margin over the 2nd ranked Saints at +3.81% and the 4th highest mark by a team since the 2004 season. That was true regardless of what down it was. 

Their offense picked up a first down on 31.93% of 1st and 2nd downs, which led the league, and on 49.76% of 3rd and 4th downs, which also led the league, while their defense allowed a first down on 26.47% of 1st and 2nd downs, 4th lowest in the league, and on 36.79% of 3rd and 4th downs, 9th lowest in the league. The Ravens fell short in a post-season loss to the Titans, but the Titans were playing great football at the time and still that game largely came down to the Ravens having a -3 turnover margin and going 0 for 4 on 4th down, a complete fluke for that team based on how they played during the regular season. 

In 2020, the Ravens largely brought back the same core, aside from retired guard Marshal Yanda and safety Earl Thomas, and continued to play well on 3rd and 4th downs on both sides of the ball. The offense converted on 50.00% of 3rd and 4th downs, 3rd in the NFL and actually improved from the year prior, while their defense allowed conversions on just 35.84% of 3rd and 4th downs, 2nd in the NFL and also improved from a year ago. This time around, they beat the Titans in the post-season. 

However, that was a much weaker Titans team that they only beat by one score and, in the regular season, despite the Ravens’ continued success on 3rd and 4th down, they dropped off strikingly on 1st and 2nd downs on both sides of the ball. They ranked just 27th on offense by converting on 27.23% of 1st and 2nd downs and ranked 28th on defense by allowing conversions on 34.02% of 1st and 2nd downs, in a season that ultimately ended the week after defeating the Titans in a multi-score loss in Buffalo.

Simply put, this is unprecedented. Every once in a while, a team will have a drastic disparity like that on one side of the ball. For example, while the Ravens’ offense led the league in with a 22.77% higher conversion rate on 3rd and 4th down in 2020, the Ravens’ defense, which allowed just a 1.82% higher conversion rate on 3rd and 4th down, actually ranked 2nd behind a Dolphins team that somehow allowed a 1.05% lower conversion rate on 3rd and 4th as they did on 1st and 2nd (more on this absurd stat in the Dolphins’ preview). The 2019 Patriots defense did the same thing, allowing a lower conversion rate on 3rd and 4th down than 1st and 2nd down. For a team to significantly outperform their expected 3rd and 4th down performance on both sides of the ball like that is unprecedented though.

There is no evidence that something like that can be repeated. Not only is it unprecedented to do it once, but there is almost no year-to-year correlation of outperforming expectations on third and fourth downs, compared to what you would expect from a team based on their 1st and 2nd down performance. On offense, the correlation is about 10% and, on defense, the correlation doesn’t exist at all. So it’s reasonable to assume that the Ravens won’t come close to repeating that and that they will roughly be the team on 3rd and 4th down that you would expect based on their 1st and 2nd down performance on both sides of the ball. 

The bad news for the Ravens is they ranked just 21st last season across all downs with a 32.31% first down rate. They ranked 9th in points per drive, but that was largely the result of their unsustainable overperformance on 3rd and 4th downs, which last season made up for their underwhelming conversion rate on 1st and 2nd downs. However, the Ravens’ first ranked finish in first down rate just a season prior in 2019 with largely the same group shows they have the upside to bounce back and be a lot better than that. Whether or not they do so is the big question for a team that could be a Super Bowl contender if they can, but would likely struggle to make the post-season if they couldn’t.

There were several ways in which this offense was worse in 2020 from 2019, but part of it was just quarterback Lamar Jackson not repeating his MVP performance from the year prior. Jackson was certainly not bad, but he fell from PFF’s 3rd ranked quarterback in 2019 to 15th, while completing 64.4% of his passes for an average of 7.33 YPA, 26 touchdowns, and 9 interceptions, with 6.32 YPC and 7 touchdowns on 159 carries, impressive numbers, but all down from 2019. Part of it was he didn’t have quite as good of a supporting cast and a big part of it was the Ravens’ play calling simply did not catch teams off guard the way it had the year prior when this offense was new, but Jackson also failed to live up to his level of play from the year prior. 

That, of course, is nothing to be ashamed of, but it’s a reminder that Jackson’s 2019 season could end up being one of the best couple seasons of his career, even if he goes on to have a long, productive, successful career as an NFL starting quarterback. And if he can’t repeat that 2019 form again in 2021, it’s very unlikely this offense will reach the heights they reached in 2019, even if they are noticeably improved in first down rate from 2020.

The Ravens are also less prepared for an injury to their quarterback than most teams in the league, not only because of how important Jackson is to what this offense does, but also because they have one of the league’s shakiest backup situations. Barring another off-season addition, the only quarterbacks aside from Jackson on this roster with any NFL experience are 2019 6th round pick Trace McSorley, who has 10 career pass attempts, and 2020 undrafted free agent Tyler Huntley, who has 5 career pass attempts. Needless to say this team would be in big trouble if Jackson suffered an injury that caused him an extended absence, something that will always be an elevated risk with him because of the extra contact inherent to his playing style.

Grade: A-

Receiving Corps

One thing that Lamar Jackson hasn’t really benefited from in his career is a good receiving corps. While I think his 2019 receiving corps was an underrated group, led by a talented trio of tight ends that caused nightmares for defenses that lined up expecting a run and a dangerous deep threat in Marquise Brown, Jackson’s 2020 group definitely had serious issues. Their tight end trio was no more after Hayden Hurst was traded in the off-season and Nick Boyle got hurt, which exposed their lack of wide receiver talent behind Brown. 

Boyle is expected back this season and I will get into their tight ends later, but the Ravens clearly put an emphasis on getting Jackson better wide receivers to throw to this off-season, signing veteran Sammy Watkins in free agency, only after striking out on every major free agent wide receiver, and then supplementing him with first round pick Rashod Bateman and fourth round pick Tylan Wallace. Along with Marquise Brown, a recent first round pick in his own right (2019), and a pair of other young receivers in Miles Boykin (2019 3rd round pick) and Devin Duvarney (2020 3rd round pick), this is a group that the Ravens are hoping will give them a dimension they have lacked over the past two seasons, making this offense more versatile and less reliant on Lamar Jackson taking a lot of hits.

Marquise Brown has the highest upside of the bunch for the 2021 season. Selected 25th overall by the Ravens in 2019, Brown’s production has been limited by the run heavy nature of this offense, posting slash lines of 46/584/7 and 58/769/8 respectively across his first two seasons in the league, but his 1.76 yards per route run average for his career is above average and he’s also earned above average overall grades from PFF in both seasons as well. Brown is undersized at 5-9 180 and a bit of a one-dimensional deep threat, but he’s a perfect fit for this offense because defenses have to stack the box to defend against this team’s running attack, leaving Brown with more space to work deep. It definitely wouldn’t surprise me to see him have the best year of his career in his third season in the league in 2021.

Sammy Watkins is also a former first round pick, going 4th overall in 2014. At one point, it looked like Watkins would make good on his high draft slot, posting a 60/1047/9 slash line in 13 games in his second season in the league in 2015 at the age of just 22, averaging 2.68 yards per route run (5th in the NFL) despite suspect quarterback play, but Watkins missed another 8 games with injury the following season and was never the same. Since that highly promising 2015 campaign, Watkins has never played all 16 games in a season, has missed 23 games in 5 seasons, has never topped 673 yards receiving in a season, and has averaged just a 55/740/5 slash line per 16 games with a below average 1.49 yards per route run. 

The Bills dealt him after his injury plagued 2016 season to the Rams, where he spent 2017, before signing in Kansas City as a free agent and playing there the past three seasons, largely being a bust on a 3-year deal that still paid him almost 43 million in total even after he was forced to take a pay cut in the third year. Watkins is going only his age 28 season, but if he couldn’t produce at a high level with three seasons of playing with Patrick Mahomes in Kansas City, I don’t see it happening in Baltimore or anywhere for that matter. 

Watkins could be a capable #2, but it’s worth noting the Ravens tried to sign pretty much every other wide receiver this off-season before settling for Watkins, who, only on a one-year deal on a team with a bunch of young wide receivers, could easily be one and done in Baltimore. Brown, Watkins, and Rashod Bateman figure to play together in three wide receiver sets, although the Ravens’ frequent use of two tight ends means they won’t play together as often as most top-3 wide receivers.

The other rookie Tylan Wallace figures to compete with fellow youngsters Miles Boykin and Devin Duvarney for depth roles. Boykin and Duvarney were both third round selections, but neither has done much yet, with 32 catches in 32 career games and 20 catches in 16 career games respectively. Both have enough upside that it wouldn’t be surprising to see one of them develop into a capable player, but this is a high variance group of wide receivers, without a proven player in the bunch.

Even with an improved wide receiver group, tight end Mark Andrews is still the favorite to lead this group in receiving, with the tight end position remaining a focus in the passing game, particularly in the play action game. A 3rd round pick in 2018, Andrews flashed as a rookie with a 2.01 yards per route run average and he has translated that into a larger role over the past two seasons, averaging 2.89 yards per route run (2nd among tight ends) while leading the team with a 64/852/10 slash line in 2019 and averaging 2.00 yards per route run (6th among tight ends) while leading the team with a 58/701/7 slash line in 2020. Also a capable blocker, Andrews has ranked 2nd and 5th among tight ends in overall grade on PFF in 2019 and 2020 respectively and, only in his age 25 season, there is no reason to expect anything different from him in 2021.

Boyle, meanwhile, is basically a 6th offensive lineman who can also catch the ball if needed. One of the league’s best run blockers at a mammoth 6-4 270, Boyle also has reliable hands, catching 73.6% of his career 163 targets and dropping just 6. His 1.20 yards per route run and 8.73 yards per catch average leave something to be desired, but he is still valuable to this passing game as a reliable underneath option off play action. 

When Boyle went down last season in week 10, he was replaced by veteran journeyman Eric Tomlinson, who played 123 snaps in 6 games and was a noticeable downgrade both as a receiver and a blocker. With Boyle expected back in 2021 though, the Ravens will once again be able to effectively run two tight end sets, not just to run out of, but to also catch the defense off guard with a pass to either one of their two underneath tight ends or one of their deep wide receivers. They’re still inexperienced and unproven at wide receiver, but there is a lot more talent and upside there than they have had in recent years and they have one of the better tight end duos in the league.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

Probably the biggest difference between the 2019 Ravens offense and the 2020 Ravens offense was their offensive line play. The Ravens knew going into the season they wouldn’t have right guard Marshal Yanda, who retired after being one of the best players at his position throughout his career, including a 2019 season in which he ranked 4th among guards on PFF and was an underrated part of the Ravens’ offensive success. With him being replaced by players who had never seen any significant action in their career before, it was understandable this line would drop off in 2020, but things got significantly worse when the Ravens also lost left tackle Ronnie Stanley for the season in week 8.

Stanley was PFF’s 3rd ranked offensive tackle in 2019, so his loss after just 312 snaps in 6 games was arguably an even bigger loss than Yanda. The Ravens were able to move right tackle Orlando Brown to the left side, where he continued his above average play, but he was still an obvious downgrade from one of the best left tackles in the league, while Brown’s replacement on the right side was underwhelming career journeyman DJ Fluker, who the Ravens were lucky to get middling play out of in 8 starts.

Stanley will return this season and, only in his age 27 season, I would expect the former 6th overall pick to bounce back mostly to form, finishing in the top-16 among offensive tackles on PFF in three straight seasons, including last season’s injury shortened campaign. However, he is expected to be the only starter from that 2019 group that lines up in their original spot. Some of that was planned, like the Ravens letting center Matt Skura, who has been injury plagued and middling at past over the past two seasons, leave as a free agent this off-season and replacing him by using a 3rd round pick on guard Ben Cleveland and moving left guard Bradley Bozeman inside to center.

Both Cleveland and Bozeman will be new starters at their position, but Bozeman was only a middling starter at left guard in 2019 and 2020, the only two seasons of his career in which he’s been a starter, and the 2018 6th round pick may benefit from a move inside to center for his fourth season in the league, while it wouldn’t take much for Cleveland to be an upgrade on Skura, even as a third round rookie, so the fact that the Ravens have changed starters from their 2019 group at these two spots is not a huge deal.

Likewise, while not having a player of Yanda’s caliber at right guard is obviously a downgrade, the Ravens at least did a better job of replacing Yanda this off-season, signing veteran Kevin Zeitler to a 3-year, 22.5 million dollar deal in free agency to replace the combination of Ben Powers and Tyre Phillips, who finished 56th and 79th among 86 eligible guards on PFF across 513 snaps and 418 snaps respectively in 2020. 

Zeitler is getting up in age as well, going into his age 31 season, and he fell to 32nd among guards on PFF last season, a career worst for the 2012 first round pick, who started his career with 8 straight seasons in the top-26 at his position and also entered the 2020 season with 6 straight seasons in the top-15, but the Ravens will take Zeitler’s 2020 form over what they had last season and, even if he continues to decline, he should at least be able to give them a dependable starter that they didn’t have last season. At the same time, he isn’t totally over the hill yet, so another couple seasons of above average play from him isn’t out of the question either.

Zeitler’s addition will likely send Powers and Phillips to the bench, although it’s conceivable one of them could push for the left guard job if the rookie Cleveland proves he isn’t ready to start right away. Both players are also still young, selected in the 4th round in 2019 and the 3rd round in 2020 respectively, so they still have the upside to potentially get better, though that’s obviously not a guarantee. In addition to being a reserve at guard, the Ravens could also give Phillips some reps at right tackle, where he could also provide depth.

The Ravens also have Patrick Mekari, a 2019 undrafted free agent who has proven himself as a spot starter across 13 starts over the past two seasons (10 at center, 3 at right guard), who could also push to start at left guard, but he’s still a projection to a season long role and, if the Ravens wanted him to be a starter, they likely would have plugged him at center in place of Skura rather than moving Bozeman. I would consider the rookie Cleveland to be the favorite to start barring a terrible off-season, though it doesn’t hurt that the Ravens have at least somewhat experienced and talented backups in case Cleveland struggles more than expected or if there is an injury somewhere.

The move the Ravens didn’t plan on making upfront this off-season was trading away Orlando Brown, who was set to go back to his old position at right tackle, where the 25-year-old had already proven himself as one of the better right tackles in the league. However, Brown decided after just a half season on the blindside that he wanted to stay there and be paid like a high level left tackle on an extension ahead of the final year of his rookie deal in 2021, even though the Ravens already had Stanley and were paying him at the top of the market, leaving the Ravens with no choice but to trade the promising youngster for a package of draft picks from the Kansas City Chiefs that included a first round pick.

The Ravens then turned around and signed ex-Steeler Alejandro Villanueva to a deal worth 2-year, 14 million to be a lower upside replacement for Brown. Villanueva is an experienced player who has made 90 starts over the past 6 seasons, including 4 straight seasons in the top-22 among offensive tackles on PFF prior to last season, but his age is a big concern, now heading into his age 33 season. He didn’t really show many signs of slowing down last season, still finishing 30th on PFF at his position, but drop offs can happen pretty suddenly for players at his age and he doesn’t have much upside anymore either, so he’s definitely a downgrade from Brown. 

Depth is also a concern at the offensive tackle position because, aside from Tyre Phillips potentially moving to right tackle, their best reserve tackle option is veteran journeyman Andre Smith, who last played 254 nondescript snaps for the Bengals in 2019 and now is going into his age 34 season after missing all of 2020 with an opt out. Still, this a solid offensive line overall, even if they’re unlikely to match their 2019 heights without Brown and Yanda.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

One constant between the 2019 Ravens and the 2020 Ravens offense was their running game, which led the league with 5.54 YPC in 2019 and an almost identical 5.53 YPC in 2020. A lot of that was Lamar Jackson’s rushes and, even when Jackson wasn’t keeping the ball himself, just his presence on the field as an option to pull it out and run with it himself makes life much easier for the Ravens’ running backs, but the Ravens’ running backs are also talented in their own right.

The breakdown of carries by their running backs did change drastically though. In 2019, veteran Mark Ingram dominated this backfield with 202 carries and, while backup Gus Edwards still saw 133 carries as a reserve, 21 of those came in a meaningless week 17 game in which Ingram was being rested for the post-season. In 2020, however, the Ravens added second round rookie JK Dobbins, who took 134 carries, while Edwards continued to have a role with 144 carries, leaving just 72 carries for Ingram, who was a frequent healthy scratch down the stretch and was predictably released this off-season, ahead of his age 32 season.

No additions were necessary to this group to replace Ingram and the Ravens didn’t make any, leaving the duo of Dobbins and Edwards to dominate this backfield together, with 2019 4th round pick Justice Hill (83 career touches) as a deep reserve and special teamer who would only see significant carries in case of an injury to one of the top-two backs. Edwards is a perfect fit as a north-to-south power runner at 6-1 238 in this offense, rushing for 5.20 YPC on 414 carries in 3 seasons in the league signed the Ravens signed him as an undrafted free agent in 2018, but he’s a one dimensional power back who doesn’t run as well outside the tackles and who doesn’t add anything as a receiver (18 catches in 43 career games), so Dobbins seems likely to get the bulk of the touches in this backfield.

In fact, in the final 11 games of last season in which both backs played, including the playoffs, the rookie Dobbins outcarried Edwards 128 to 105, a split that could continue into 2021. On top of that, even though this offense doesn’t target running backs as pass catchers often (49 catches by running backs in 2019 and 47 in 2020), Dobbins figures to get the lion’s share of the passing down work and lead this backfield in catches by a comfortable margin. That would still leave a good amount of touches for Edwards in this run heavy backfield, but Dobbins is the higher upside and more well-rounded option. 

Either way, they are a talented duo on an offense that looks a lot more talented than their 21st ranked finish in first down rate in 2020 and that should exceed that mark in 2021, even if that doesn’t translate to more points per drive because of their inevitable regression on third and fourth downs. They probably won’t be the dominant offense they were in 2019, for a variety of reasons, including that this offense doesn’t catch teams off guard anymore, but they have the talent to still be a top level offensive team.

Grade: A-

Edge Defenders

While there are reasons to be optimistic that the Ravens can significantly improve their 21st ranked first down rate from a year ago, I am less optimistic about a defense that finished 14th overall in first down rate allowed at 32.89%. They did rank 4th in points per drive allowed, but that was primarily because of how disproportionately better this defense was on the more important downs on 3rd and 4th down, allowing a 2nd ranked 35.84% conversion rate, as opposed to a 28th ranked 34.02% ranked conversion rate on 1st and 2nd down. 

While there may be a little evidence that teams can somewhat consistently outperform their 1st and 2nd down performance on 3rd and 4th down on the offensive side of the ball, there is no year-to-year correlation of teams doing that on defense. If there were a team that could consistently do so, that team would likely be one with a consistently dominant pass rush, but the Ravens’ pass rush will probably take a hit this season, which could lead to them falling even further from 14th ranked in first down rate allowed. 

I know the Ravens played at a high level defensively just two seasons ago in 2019, but defense is a much less consistent side of the ball year-to-year than offense, that 2019 defense had several players who had career years, and they’ve also lost seven of their top-13 in terms of snaps played from that group, so I would expect them to continue being a middling group, possibly even worse depending on how effectively they are able to replace lost pass rushers.

More specifically, the Ravens have to replace their top-two edge defenders in terms of snaps per game last season in Matt Judon (40.2 snaps per game) and Yannick Ngakoue (38.6 snaps per game), who both played at above average levels last season and signed lucrative deals elsewhere this off-season. Overall, they combined for 9 sacks, 17 hits, and a 11.7% pressure rate in 23 games, so it’s definitely not a small amount of production the Ravens need to replace, even if they were relatively deep at the group last season with five players all seeing regular seasons.

Three of those players, Jaylon Ferguson, Tyus Bowser, and Pernell McPhee, still remain and figure to see expanded roles with Judon and Ngakoue gone and the Ravens also added edge defenders in the first and fifth round, taking Penn State’s Jayson Oweh and Notre Dame’s Daelin Hayes, the latter of whom was selected with the 31st overall pick the Ravens acquired from Kansas City Chiefs in the Orlando Brown trade. 

Oweh has a great chance to earn significant playing time in year one in a retooled group, as he probably has the highest upside of the group, even as a rookie. Ferguson and Bowser were relatively high picks, Ferguson going in the 3rd round in 2019 and Bowser in the 2nd round in 2017, but neither have shown much thus far. Ferguson hasn’t been bad when he plays, but he’s averaged just 28.6 snaps per game in 28 career games and has been an underwhelming pass rusher, totaling 4.5 sacks, 9 hits, and a 9.6% pressure rate. 

Bowser, meanwhile, has seen his playing time increase in recent years, but he’s still never played more than 540 snaps in a season and, while his career pass rush numbers are respectable, with 10.5 sacks, 17 hits, and a 11.6% pressure rate in limited action, he’s still a projection to a larger role. For what it’s worth, the Ravens seem to somewhat believe in him, locking him up on a 4-year, 22 million dollar deal ahead of free agency this off-season. Both he and Ferguson figure to play more than they ever have before in a thinner position group.

Pernell McPhee is the veteran of the bunch, going into his age 33 season and his 11th season in the league since being selected in the 5th round in 2011. The Ravens actually were the ones to select him initially and he played four years with the Ravens before pursuing more money elsewhere, playing in Chicago and Washington, and eventually being brought back for a second stint beginning back in 2019. 

In his prime, McPhee was quietly one of the most efficient pass rushers in the league on a per snap basis, but he was never more than a rotational player in his first stint with the Ravens and suffered a rash of injuries after leaving town, so he has never topped 594 snaps in a season and posted an impressive sack total, with his career high sitting at 7.5 sacks, back in 2014. On top of that, he hasn’t played all 16 games in a season since that 2014 season, the final season in his first stint with the Ravens, and he’s averaged just 316 snaps per season over the past 5 seasons. 

McPhee has still totaled a 10.9% pressure rate over that stretch and may still have something left in the tank as a rotational reserve, but the Ravens won’t be able to count on him for a larger role in 2021 with Ngakoue and Judon gone because the 458 snaps he played last season were already the most he’s had in a season since 2015. Expect the young guys Oweh, Bowser, and Ferguson to get the vast majority of the snaps, with the veteran McPhee rotating in for 20-25 snaps per game. They obviously have upside, but it comes with significant downside for a high variance group that is missing it’s top two players from a year ago.

Grade: B-

Interior Defenders

The Ravens’ interior defender group on their base 3-man defensive line is the position group that will have the least change from last season, as they retain their top-5 players in terms of snaps played from a season ago. This group also should be healthier next season, after none of the five played more than 14 games last season, although, as I will get into, this is mostly an aging group. Derek Wolfe and Calais Campbell led this group in snaps played with 621 snaps in 14 games and 410 snaps in 12 games respectively last season and both figure to remain as starting defensive ends and play similar snap counts per game in 2021.

Both are veterans who have been around for a long-time, but Campbell has had the significantly more impressive career. A dominant pass rusher and run stopper who has played both outside and inside in his career, Campbell has arguably had a Hall of Fame caliber career, highlighted by a 6-year stretch where he finished in the top-10 at his position on PFF in every season, including 4 seasons in the top-3. That stretch came to an end in 2020 however and, while he still finished an above average 35th among interior defenders on PFF, that is a steep drop off and a big concern for a player who now heads into his age 35 season and could drop off even further. Even if he doesn’t, his best days are almost definitely behind him. 

Wolfe, meanwhile, has been at his best against the run in his career, although he hasn’t been a bad pass rusher either, totaling 34 sacks, 56 hits, and a 6.9% pressure rate in 122 career games. He’s not as old as Campbell, but his age is becoming a concern as well, now going into his age 31 season and, while he remained a strong run stuffer in 2020, finishing 3rd among interior defenders in run stopping grade, he barely contributed as a pass rusher with 1 sack, 3 hits, and a 2.8% pressure rate, a problem because the Ravens have counted on him and will likely continue to count on him for significant sub package snaps as more or less an every down player. He and Campbell will both play in that role and there is significant downside with both aging veterans.

Nose tackle Brandon Williams is also getting up in age, going into his age 32 season, and he too struggles as a pass rusher, to the point where he was limited to just 354 snaps in 13 games last season as almost exclusively a base package nose tackle. Williams actually hasn’t topped 525 snaps in a season in any of the past four seasons, but, despite that, the Ravens have kept him on the roster for the duration of a 5-year, 52.5 million dollar deal that he will play out this season after the Ravens once again restructured his deal to free up immediate cap space. 

I would expect him to play a similar snap count and, after the lowest rated season of his career from PFF both in overall grade and in run stopping grade in 2020, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him decline further. Even if he doesn’t, he’s only a two down player, as he has just 6.5 sacks, 15 hits, and a 4.9% pressure rate in 110 career games and he saw that pressure rate drop to just 3.2% in 2020. He’s also seen his play against the run decline in recent years. The Ravens are going to be counting on a trio of aging players who figure to start upfront for the Ravens in base packages.

The one young player of this group is 2020 3rd round pick Justin Madubuike. He only played 259 snaps as a rookie, primarily as a run stuffer, but he showed enough promise that he’ll likely get more playing time as part of this otherwise aging group in 2021. Given that their starters are getting to the end of their lines and the Ravens did not draft any interior defenders in this year’s draft, Madubuike is obviously viewed as a future every down starter and giving him more playing time in year two will be important to that goal. Broderick Washington was also selected in the 2020 NFL Draft, but the 5th round pick struggled mightily as a rookie on 161 snaps, so his outlook isn’t nearly as promising as Madubuike.

Justin Ellis is also a reserve option, but he’s also getting up in age in his age 31 season and he isn’t coming down from the level the Ravens’ starters played in their primes. Ellis hasn’t played more than 627 snaps in a season since 2014 and, prior to seeing 358 snaps last season as primarily an injury replacement, he played just 193 snaps total in the prior two seasons. I wouldn’t even expect Ellis to be a roster lock. This is an overall aging and declining group and, unless Campbell can turn back the clock, they don’t have any high level every down players, but they have solid depth overall and they have at least one promising young player.

Grade: B+

Linebackers

Nothing significant has changed at linebacker either, with the Ravens bringing back their top-4 off ball linebackers in terms of snaps played. First round rookie Patrick Queen led this group with 858 snaps played and was one of four defensive rookies to get at least one Defensive Rookie of the Year Award vote, finishing third with 4% of the vote. It’s understandable why Queen would get a couple votes, as his traditional counting stats were impressive, including a team leading 106 tackles, but Queen also led the league with 22 missed tackles and struggled in coverage as well, allowing a 85.0% completion, 10.0 yards per catch, and 4 touchdowns on 60 targets, with just 1 interception and 1 deflection.

The only aspect in which Queen did not struggle was as a blitzer, but he only blitzed on 11.8% of his snaps. On those snaps, he did have 3 sacks, 7 hits, and a 19.8% pressure rate, but off ball linebackers don’t often blitz more than Queen did last season, so he will need to improve significantly both against the run and in coverage next season, after ranking among the worst off ball linebackers in the league on PFF in those aspects of the game in 2021. Fortunately, he possesses a sky high ceiling and is only in his age 22 season, so he could easily take a big step forward in his second season in the league, although that isn’t a guarantee.

Queen played more or less every down last season, but at the other off ball linebacker spot the Ravens had three players see action, fellow rookie Malik Harrison, a 3rd round pick who played 265 nondescript rookie year snaps, 2018 undrafted free agent Chris Board, who was also nondescript across 263 snaps in the first significant action of his career, and veteran backup/special teamer LJ Fort, who is at least a solid run stopper, but who also has never played more than the 381 snaps he played last season and he is going into his age 31 season, so he can’t be relied on for a significant role. The Ravens will most likely be hoping Harrison can take a step forward in his second season, but it’s likely all three players will see action again. This is a young group with a high ceiling, but a low floor and very suspect depth.

Grade: C

Secondary

Not much changes in the secondary either, though the Ravens will get slot cornerback Tavon Young after a torn ACL ended his season in week 2. The Ravens didn’t have an unreasonable amount of injuries last season though, having the 8th fewest adjusted games lost to injury in the league, so they won’t be able to count on better health overall next season. They also won’t be able to count on Young himself, who has been one of the most injury plagued players in the league in recent years. 

Prior to last season, Young missed all of 2019 with injury and he also had a completely lost season due to injury in 2017 as well. In between all the missed time, Young has been a solid starter when on the field and even earned a 3-year, 25.8 million dollar extension after staying healthy in 2018, but his best season by far is still his rookie season in 2016 prior to all of the injuries, when he ranked 17th among cornerbacks on PFF, and Young has missed 30 of 32 games since inking that extension. Young is still only in his age 27 season, but it’s hard to be confident that he can stay healthy or return to his old form.

The Ravens had a talented trio of cornerbacks even without Young last season, in Marlon Humphrey, Marcus Peters, and Jimmy Smith, so the Ravens won’t force him back into the lineup if he can’t show his old form in training camp and, in fact, they have already made him take a pay cut down to 2.65 million to keep his roster spot for this season, much more in line with a 4th cornerback than a top-3 cornerback. If there is one cornerback he could potentially displace in the top-3, it would be Jimmy Smith, whose age is becoming a concern, now heading into his age 33 season.

Smith still played pretty well last season, ranking 16th among cornerbacks on PFF, but that came on just 454 snaps in 11 games. Missed time with injury is becoming a recurring theme with Smith as well, as he’s missed at least 4 games in 5 straight seasons and in 8 of his 10 seasons in the league. Last season was also Smith’s highest ranked season on PFF since 2017, so it would be a surprise if he could repeat that again in 2021, given his age. 

Smith has always at least been a capable starter in his career, but at his age it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him drop off significantly. The Ravens are likely envisioning a competition between Young and Smith for the #3 cornerback job, but in reality, given how injury prone both players are, it’s more like they are insurance for each other and I would expect both to see action at different points of the season.

Marlon Humphrey and Marcus Peters, meanwhile, are locked in as starters, signed to contracts worth 97.5 million over 5 years and 42 million over 3 years respectively. Humphrey was the Ravens first round selection in 2017, 16th overall, and he’s been an above average player since entering the league, earning an above average grade from PFF in all 4 seasons, including two seasons in the top-20 among cornerbacks and a career best 13th ranked season in 2020. After being more of a rotational player in his first two seasons in the league, Humphrey has started all 30 games he’s played over the past two seasons, and, still only going into his age 25, it’s possible he has a higher level that he has yet to show. Even if he doesn’t, he figures to remain an above average cornerback at the very least.

Peters has been a lot more inconsistent throughout his career. Peters was also a first round pick, but he was selected originally by the Chiefs. After an up and down rookie year in 2015, Peters seemed to developing into one of the better cornerbacks in the league, finishing 16th among cornerbacks on PFF in 2016 and 14th in 2017, but issues between him and the coaching staff and his impending contract situation caused the Chiefs to cut ties with Peters and send him to the Rams for a second round pick. 

With the Rams, Peters regressed mightily, earning middling grades at best from PFF over about a season and a half, leading to the Rams trading him to the Ravens for a 5th round pick in what amounted to a salary dump in the middle of the 2019 season, which allowed the Rams to then trade for Jalen Ramsey. However, Peters seemed to come back alive as soon as he left the Rams, finishing the 2019 season as PFF’s 4th ranked cornerback and earning himself the aforementioned extension contract in the process. 

Given Peters’ high end ability when he is at his best and his relative youth, that was an understandable extension, but Peters fell to 54th among cornerbacks on PFF in the first season of that deal, continuing to show the inconsistency that has plagued him throughout his career. Peters is still only in his age 28 season and has obvious bounce back potential, but it’s fair to wonder if he’s giving the same effort now that he has gotten paid. At the very least, Peters should remain a capable starter, but the Ravens are paying him to be a lot more.

At safety, Chuck Clark and DeShon Elliott both remain as starters. Both are relatively new starters, Clark stepping in for the injured Tony Jefferson after week 5 of the 2019 season and Elliott taking over for Earl Thomas when he was released last off-season, but both have held their own, despite entering the league as late round picks. Clark was just a 6th round pick back in 2017 and played just 315 snaps in his first two seasons in the league, but he finished 29th among safeties on PFF in 12 starts as an injury replacement in 2019 and the following off-season the injured Jefferson was released and replaced full-time by Clark, who also signed a 3-year, 15.3 million dollar extension in the process. 

Clark wasn’t quite as good as a season long starter in 2020, but he still earned a slightly above average grade from PFF and he proved his 2019 campaign was no fluke. Still only in his age 26 season, he should remain a solid starter for years to come and could possibly even have further untapped upside. Elliott, meanwhile, was a 6th round choice in 2018 and only had played 40 career snaps before Thomas was released and he became his replacement, but he responded pretty well, also earning a slightly above average grade from PFF as a 16-game starter in 2020. He’s not as proven as Clark is yet, but it would be a surprise to see them be a capable starting safety duo again. Cornerback is the strength of this secondary which is the strength of a defense that looks like it could be more middling than most expect this season overall.

Grade: A-

Kickers/Punters

The Ravens finished last season with the 2nd best special teams DVOA in the league and were one of just four teams to earn above average DVOA scores in every aspect of special teams. Not only did they play at a high level last season, but there is also good reason to believe they will continue their strong play in 2021, as they had minimal off-season turnover, not only in terms of players, but also coaches. Special teams coordinator Chris Horton enters his 3rd season in that league, but more importantly, the Ravens’ coaching staff is still led by a former special teams coordinator in Jim Harbaugh.

As a former special teams coordinator, Harbaugh is a rarity as a head coach, and, unsurprisingly the Ravens have put more emphasis on special teams during Harbaugh’s tenure than any team in the league outside of the New England Patriots, who also have a former special teams coordinator as head coach. The result has been among the consistently best special teams in the league, including nine straight seasons finishing above average in special teams DVOA.

Not coincidentally, the Ravens’ streak of above average special teams started in kicker Justin Tucker’s first season with the team in 2012. Undrafted in 2012, Tucker has become one of the best kickers in NFL history. Tucker has made 261/288 field goals, giving him the highest field goal percentage of all-time, and 307/311 extra points, not missing his first one until the 2018 season, while finishing in the top-3 among kickers on PFF in six of the past eight seasons, including four finishes at #1 overall and a #2 ranked finish in 2021. He’s not as prolific on kickoffs, but he’s still finished above average on PFF in kickoffs in 5 of the past 8 seasons. In his age 32 season, Tucker is very much still in his prime for a kicker, so I see no reason for dropoff in 2021. 

Punter Sam Koch has been with the team even longer, dating back to being selected in the 6th round in 2006, and while he hasn’t been the dominant player at his position that Tucker has at his, he’s been a consistently above average punter, earning above average grades from PFF in 8 straight seasons, including an 11th ranked finish among punters in 2020. His age is a little more of a concern in his age 39 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of dropping off yet and could easily continue being an above average punter in 2021.

Grade: A

Return Specialists

Kickoff returner Devin Duvernay averaged 27.5 yards per return on 21 returns and punt returner James Proche averaged 8.6 yards per return on 23 returns, which are both above average marks. Both players were only in their first season in the role, so they don’t have a proven track record, and they benefited from strong play around them, but they earned slightly above average grades from PFF and both have at least a decent chance of remaining in their roles in 2021. 

The biggest competition would probably come from running back Justice Hill, but he struggled with a 18.9 yards per kickoff return average on 12 returns as a rookie in 2019 and has never returned a punt. It’s also possible that Duvernay could see more action as a punt returner after seeing 4 as a rookie in 2020, but he doesn’t have a background as a punt returner as a collegiate player, so he would be a projection to that role. This is an unspectacular group, but they should continue benefiting from strong play around them.

Grade: B

Special Teamers

The Ravens also have great continuity on the rest of their special teams. The Ravens had 13 players see at least 100 special teams snaps and all of them return for 2021, which should allow them to remain one of the top special teams units in the league. Jordan Richards (330 snaps), LJ Fort (259 snaps), Chris Board (327 snaps), and Kristian Welch (172 snaps) were the stars of the group, earning above average grades from PFF, with Fort leading the way as PFF’s 18th ranked special teamer overall, but all 8 of their top special teamers earned at least average or better grades from PFF. 

Among their stars, Welch is just a one year special teamer, but the rest all have multiple seasons of 200+ special teams snaps and an above average grade from PFF under their belt and have a very good chance of repeating their performance in 2021. The Ravens did not make any significant additions to this unit this off-season, but given that they are bringing back all of their key players from one of the best units in the league, additions were not needed.

Grade: A-

Conclusion

At first glance, there might not seem like much difference between the 2019 Ravens and the 2020 Ravens statistically, but the 2020 Ravens’ overperformed their 1st and 2nd down performance by a significant amount on 3rd and 4th downs on both sides of the ball, which masked a team that actually finished 22nd in schedule adjusted first down rate differential, despite finishing 9th points per drive and 4th in points per drive allowed, a steep drop off from their 1st ranked finish in 2019. 

There are some reasons to believe the Ravens can repeat that points per drive mark on offense, but they will have to play much closer to the level they did on early downs in 2019, as I don’t expect them to significantly outperform expectations on 3rd and 4th downs again. Significant early down improvement seems at least doable on offense though, compared to their defense, which looks likely to be a middling group, as it seems highly unlikely they will either be drastically improved on 1st and 2nd down or that they will sustain their 3rd and 4th down overperformance on that side of the ball, especially without their top-2 pass rushers from a year ago. 

All in all, this is still a playoff caliber team, but I am less bullish on them as a top level Super Bowl contender. With the Browns taking a big step forward defensively this off-season and looking like one of the better teams in the league, the Ravens look likely to be competing for a wild card spot in the AFC, barring another MVP caliber season from Lamar Jackson.  I will have a final prediction for the Ravens at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Ravens’ defense should be better than I originally thought, as they ranked 6th in yards per play allowed last season, which is more predictive than first down rate allowed, and they added a much needed edge defender in Justin Houston. Their offense also made a smart signing, adding veteran guard Michael Schofield to potentially start for them. Special teams is also significantly more predictive than I originally thought, so, all in all the Ravens seem to be in much better shape than I originally thought.

9/4/21 Update: The Ravens have some injury concerns going into the season, with running back JK Dobbins out for the year and wide receivers Marquise Brown and Rashod Bateman both banged up to begin the year, but the Ravens still look like one of the better teams in the AFC.

Prediction: 12-5 1st in AFC North

Cincinnati Bengals 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

For most of the 2010s, the Bengals started Andy Dalton at quarterback and got largely middling starting quarterback play. When the Bengals were able to surround Dalton with talent, it led to five straight playoff appearances, but they were never able to get over the hump in the post-season, losing in their first playoff game all five times, and eventually they started losing a significant amount of talent, culminating in a 2-14 season in 2019. During that season, Dalton posted career worst numbers, was briefly benched before rookie backup Ryan Finley proved to be overmatched, and was ultimately released ahead of a 17.7 million dollar non-guaranteed salary for 2020, with the Bengals having the opportunity to add a promising franchise quarterback prospect on a cheap rookie deal with the #1 overall pick, LSU’s Joe Burrow.

However, Burrow’s rookie year did not go as planned, as Burrow lasted just 10 games before a torn ACL ended his season, ending his rookie season with a 2-7-1 record. That poor record was not really Burrow’s fault though. The Bengals had one of the worst defenses in the league, ranking 31st in first down rate allowed over expected at +2.64%, and, while their offense wasn’t significantly better, ranking 23rd in first down rate over expected at -1.18%, Burrow was not the main problem, as the Bengals had a poor offensive line, struggled on the ground, and lacked a consistent third target in the passing game. Burrow, for his part, was PFF’s 19th ranked quarterback at the time he went down and he completed 65.3% of his passes for an average of 6.65 YPA, 13 touchdowns, and 5 interceptions, despite minimal help from his offensive supporting cast and having to pass frequently for a team constantly trailing.

The Bengals predictably struggled mightily on offense in Burrow’s absence, finishing the season ranked 29th in first down rate over expected at -2.87% and ending up with a 4-11-1 record, despite the Bengals’ defense actually improving noticeably down the stretch, to finish a not totally terrible 22nd in first down rate allowed over expected at +0.93%. Even with that defensive improvement, however, the Bengals still ended up ranked 30th in schedule adjusted first down rate in 2020 at 3.80%, so, even though Burrow is expected to return healthy for week 1, the Bengals still have a lot of work to do to get back to being a competitive team.

One thing that would go a long way towards that goal would obviously be if Burrow not only returned to form after his injury, but also took a step forward in his second year in the league. Unfortunately, neither of those things are guaranteed, as quarterbacks tend to struggle in their first year back from an ACL tear and, even without the injury, Burrow wouldn’t necessarily be a lock to improve in his second season, as development of young players, especially at the quarterback position, is often not linear. Burrow gives this team a high variance and the upside to surprise teams this season, but that upside comes with downside and the rest of this roster is such that Burrow will probably need to be a top-10 quarterback for this team to even be in playoff contention, which doesn’t seem likely.

For what it’s worth, the Bengals aren’t concerned enough about Burrow to upgrade their backup quarterback situation, even though Brandon Allen and Ryan Finley are among the worst backup quarterback options in the league and both struggled mightily in Burrow’s absence last season. Finley is not even with the team anymore, leaving Allen, who has a 76.9 QB rating in 8 career starts since being selected in the 6th round in 2016, as the sole backup in case Burrow goes down again. It’s a shaky situation behind a high variance starter.

Grade: B

Offensive Line

The most obvious issue on this offense last season was the offensive line. Their running game was an issue, averaging a 4.06 YPC average that ranked just 27th in the NFL, and I will get into that later, but their running game issues were mostly due to the absence of lead back Joe Mixon with injury and due to an offensive line that ranked 21st in run blocking grade on PFF. They were even worse than that in pass protection, ranking 27th in pass blocking grade. Burrow was only pressured on 32.2% of his dropbacks, 21st highest among 39 eligible quarterbacks, but that was mostly because he got the ball out under 2.5 seconds at the 9th highest rate in the league at 56.9%.

The injury that Burrow suffered is an obvious downside of offensive line issues and, given that, many expected the Bengals to use their 5th overall pick on Penei Sewell, the top offensive lineman in the draft, resulting in some criticism of the Bengals when they decided instead to upgrade their receiving corps with Burrow’s college teammate JaMarr Chase. I thought that decision made a lot of sense though and may have telegraphed by the Bengals’ decision to sign veteran offensive tackle Riley Reiff in free agency. 

Reiff is going into his age 33 season, only signed to a one-year deal, and could have moved to guard had Sewell been the selection, but he’s also a satisfactory short-term solution at right tackle opposite 2019 1st round pick Jonah Williams, a solid starter in his own right, leaving the interior of this offensive line as the most pressing need. Without an interior offensive lineman worth taking in the top-5, adding Chase, who I thought was a little bit better of a prospect than Sewell regardless of position, and focusing on their offensive line with later picks seemed like the Bengals’ best option.

I will get into JaMarr Chase later in the receiving corps section, but the Bengals’ offensive line selections were 2nd round pick Jackson Carmen and 4th round pick D’Ante Smith. Both players were primarily tackles in college and could play there if needed at the professional level, but they project best as guards, which also happens to be their easiest path to playing time. Their biggest competition for playing time is a trio of holdovers in Quinton Spain, Xavier Su’a-Filo and Michael Jordan, who all earned negative grades from PFF in 8 starts, 5 starts, and 10 starts respectively. 

Billy Price and Fred Johnson also saw some action at guard last season, but both were horrible in limited action and, if they make the team, they would likely slot in as a backup at center and tackle respectively rather than guard, as those are more natural positions for them. Spain is the most experienced guard option. He was a solid starter earlier in his career in Tennessee, making 48 starts in the first 4 seasons of his career from 2015-2018, but he has received below average grades from PFF in back-to-back seasons (26 starts) and, going into his age 30 season, his best days are likely behind him. 

Su’a-Filo also has some experience, with 58 career starts in 7 seasons in the league, but he’s never earned more than a middling grade from PFF for a season, he’s going into his age 30 season as well, and he’s made just 17 starts combined over the past 3 seasons as a reserve and spot starter. Jordan, meanwhile, is a 2019 4th round pick who has made 19 starts in his two seasons in the league, but largely out of desperation, struggling even more as a rookie than he did in 2020. It’s a very underwhelming trio so one or both of the Bengals’ rookies could see significant action in a very unsettled position group.

The Bengals are in better shape at center, where holdover Trey Hopkins is likely to remain in his starting job, without any meaningful competition being added for him this off-season. Hopkins is an unspectacular player, but he wasn’t really the problem last season, ranking 22nd out of 38 eligible centers on PFF in 15 starts. He’s played around that level throughout the past four seasons, a stretch in which he’s made 52 starts, after never starting a game throughout his first three seasons in the league as a former undrafted free agent. Still in his late prime in his age 29 season, I would expect more of the same from him in 2021.

As alluded to earlier, offensive tackle is the relative strength of this group, with Williams remaining at left tackle and Reiff being added opposite him. Williams’ biggest concern is durability, as he missed his entire rookie year in 2019, before missing another 6 games in 2020. He was PFF’s 43rd ranked offensive tackle in 10 starts when he did play and he has the upside to be better than that going forward, but he’s still pretty inexperienced, so it’s tough to confidently project his ceiling, and it wouldn’t be a surprise if he missed more time with injury.

Reiff, meanwhile, finished last season as PFF’s 40th ranked offensive tackle, his 9th above average grade from PFF for a season in as many seasons in the league. His age is becoming a concern, now going into his age 33 season, and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him decline and have one of the worst years, if not the worst year of his career, but, even still, he should be an upgrade on Bobby Hart, a departed free agent who Reiff replaces. The Bengals aren’t in bad shape at left tackle, right tackle, and center, but guard remains a position of concern and they don’t have any dominant blockers at any position, barring a big breakout year from Williams.

Grade: C+

Receiving Corps

JaMarr Chase joins a wide receiver group that already has a pair of talented starters in Tee Higgins and Tyler Boyd and he’ll replace AJ Green, another former high draft pick (4th overall by the Bengals in 2011). The Bengals will be very happy if Chase can replicate Green’s career, but there’s no doubting Green had suffered a significant decline by the end of his tenure in Cincinnati, missing all of 2019 with injury and then returning in 2020 to average just 1.02 yards per route run and post just a 47/523/2 slash line on 104 targets. Even as a rookie, it won’t be hard for Chase to be an upgrade and he has the potential to make a big impact, even in year one, although that kind of thing is tough to depend on.

Tee Higgins was a rookie last year, but that didn’t stop him from leading this group with a 67/908/6 slash line. The first pick in the second round in 2020 (#33 overall), Higgins has a sky high upside and could take another step forward in his second season in the league. Development of young players is not always linear, but Higgins should see his production increase just from increased opportunity, after taking until a couple weeks to crack the starting lineup as a rookie, and the potential is there for him to have a big year. He averaged 1.82 yards per route run as a rookie, 25th among eligible wide receivers, and he earned PFF’s 36th highest grade among wide receivers for the season.

Tyler Boyd had a similar caliber season to Higgins, finishing with a 79/841/1 slash line on 110 targets, averaging 1.65 yards per route run, and finishing as PFF’s 37th ranked wide receiver on the season. That is slightly down from his 76/1028/7 and 90/1046/5 slash lines from 2018 and 2019 respectively, but the Bengals spread the ball evenly to Higgins, Boyd, and Green and, with Chase replacing Green this off-season, they will have three talented young wide receivers to spread the ball around to in 2021, which will likely limit any one of them from posting huge numbers. 

Higgins probably has the highest upside of the bunch, but Chase has the potential for a big rookie year impact and Boyd is a talented receiver who is still in his prime, in his age 27 season, coming off three straight above average seasons as a starter. The Bengals also have good wide receiver depth because projected #4 receiver Auden Tate is a 2018 7th round pick who has averaged 1.44 yards per route run over the past two seasons, including a 40/575/1 slash line when he saw the most action of his career as an injury replacement in 2019.

The tight end position is likely to remain a relative non-factor in this offense, but, after just 71 targets made their way to tight ends in 2020, that number could increase with the return of primary receiving tight end CJ Uzomah from an injury that ended his season after 96 snaps in 2 games. Uzomah had 8 catches in those two games before going down, but it was unlikely he would have sustained that pace, as he’s largely been an underwhelming receiving option throughout his career, averaging 1.02 yards per route run over 6 seasons in the league since being selected in the 5th round by the Bengals in 2015. Even after a major injury, he’s expected to retain his receiving tight end role, but only by default.

Drew Sample filled in as the primary receiving tight end in Uzomah’s absence, in addition to his normal role as a blocking specialist. Sample remained an above average blocker, but managed just a 40/349/1 slash line with an average of 0.85 yards per route run on the season. Sample was actually a second round pick in 2019, but he was a big reach because of his lack of receiving upside. With Uzomah set to return, Sample will go back to being a #2 tight end who focuses on blocking and doesn’t see any sort of significant target share. He’s part of an underwhelming tight end duo, but this group is obviously carried by a talented receiving corps.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

As I mentioned earlier, the absence of featured running back Joe Mixon for most of last season was a big part of the problem for the Bengals on the ground. However, Mixon didn’t really produce at a high level either when healthy, averaging just 3.60 YPC and a 46% carry success rate (39th out of 47 eligible running backs). The offensive line was a big part of the problem and Mixon largely did his part by contributing 2.55 YPC, 70.8% of his yardage, after first contact, but overall Mixon finished last season with the lowest PFF grade of his career, after finishing in the top-17 among running backs in each of his first 3 seasons in the league.

Mixon was also still noticeably better than backup Giovani Bernard, who averaged 3.35 YPC on 124 carries, 2.32 YPC after contact, and had a carry success rate of 48% as Mixon’s primary replacement. Mixon is also only going into his age 25 and averaged 4.23 YPC with 17 touchdowns on 693 carries in his first 3 seasons in the league, while adding a 36/290/1 slash line per season and just missing two games total due to injury, so he has obvious bounce back potential. The Bengals seem to agree, letting Bernard walk this off-season and not replacing him. Bernard had become an ineffective runner in recent years, but he had been the Bengals’ primary passing down back for years and, without another passing down specialist on this roster, expect Mixon to see his biggest passing game role yet (his career high is 55 targets in 2018).

Mixon was already on his way to putting up a massive touch total last year before getting hurt, averaging 23.3 touches per game in the 6 games he did play, up from an average of 18.2 per game in his first three seasons in the league, and, now without Bernard to steal passing down snaps, Mixon could exceed even last year’s per game touch total. His heavy workload may have contributed to his relatively inefficiency and his eventual injury, but the Bengals don’t have a choice but to use Mixon as a true three down feature back and he has the upside to be very productive in that role, especially if the Bengals can be improved on the rest of this offense and open up more running lanes. Expect Mixon to finish among the league leaders in touches, assuming he can avoid another injury.

With Bernard gone, it looks like Samaje Perine will be Mixon’s primary backup. He’ll be a true backup in that role and has shown little promise on passing downs throughout his career, so he’s not a candidate to be used like Bernard was. The good news is he has a lot more upside than Bernard as a runner. A 4th round pick in 2017, Perine’s career got off to a rough start as he averaged just 3.46 YPC across 188 carries while bouncing around three different teams in his first 3 seasons in the league, but he landed in Cincinnati for 2020 and showed some promise down the stretch, averaging 4.78 YPC on 63 carries. Still only going into his age 26 season, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Perine continue being a capable #2 runner, but he is very unproven.

Perine’s primary competition for the #2 job will be Trayveon Williams, who also flashed some potential as a backup last season, averaging 6.04 YPC on 26 carries. Williams is even less experienced and proven than Perine though, as those carries are the only carries of Williams’ brief career, after being selected by the Bengals in the 6th round in 2019. Both he and Perine would only be true backups if they won the job, with Mixon dominating this backfield. If Mixon were to suffer another injury, the Bengals would be in big trouble at this position, but his return should give them a boost.

Grade: B+

Edge Defenders

For years, the Bengals have been led upfront by edge defender Carlos Dunlap and interior defender Geno Atkins, who were consistently high level players throughout most of their tenure in Cincinnati, but last season was the beginning of the end for both. In his age 31 season in 2020, Dunlap played just 277 snaps in 7 games and, unhappy with his playing time, was sent to the Seahawks for a late round pick and instantly proved he had something left in the tank. Atkins, meanwhile, stayed on the roster all year, but played just 119 snaps in 8 games as the last place Bengals wanted to test out other options and made the 32-year-old Atkins a frequent healthy scratch down the stretch, before releasing him for financial reasons this off-season.

I will get into what the Bengals have done on the interior to try to replace Atkins in a little bit, but on the edge, Dunlap was replaced last season by 2017 4th round pick Carl Lawson and 2018 3rd round pick Sam Hubbard, who both earned above average grades from PFF in 2020, across 665 snaps and 723 snaps respectively. Lawson was the better of the two, finishing 16th among edge defenders on PFF, but he was a free agent this off-season and the Bengals opted to let him walk on a 3-year, 45 million dollar deal to the Jets to instead sign ex-Saints defensive end Trey Hendrickson to a 4-year, 60 million dollar deal.

Hendrickson and Lawson got the same amount annually and Hendrickson had the significantly bigger sack total last season with 13.5, compared to 5.5 for Lawson, but that doesn’t tell the whole story. While Hendrickson played on one of the most talented overall defenses in the league in New Orleans and added 11 hits and a 13.3% pressure rate in addition to his sack total, Lawson surpassed those totals with 24 hits and a 14.6% pressure rate, despite seeing much more frequent double teams on a less talented overall defense. 

That is true of their career numbers too, as Hendrickson has totaled 20 sacks, 24 hits, and a 11.5% pressure rate in 45 career games, while Lawson has totaled 20 sacks, 60 hits, and a 14.3% pressure rate in 51 career games. The Bengals could have kept a better, more familiar player for the same price, but instead they opted to sign an inferior player who has never played in their scheme, which is a head scratching move if you look beyond just 2020 sack totals.

Hubbard remains as the other starter opposite Hendrickson. He’ss not a great pass rusher, but he has earned slightly above average grades from PFF in all 3 seasons in the league (28 starts in 44 games, an average of 46.0 snaps per game) because he is a good run stuffer who has also added 16.5 sacks, 18 hits, and a 9.9% pressure rate in his career. Hubbard still may have untapped upside, now going into his age 25 season, but it also wouldn’t be a surprise to see him remain the player he has largely been throughout his entire career.

Depth was a big concern at the edge defender position last season, especially after Dunlap was traded, as top reserves Amani Bledsoe and Khalid Kareem struggled across 312 snaps and 259 snaps respectively, especially rushing the passer, combining for just 1 sack, 2 hits, and a 4.9% pressure rate. Both were seeing the first action of their careers, Bledsoe as a 2019 undrafted free agent and Kareem as a 2018 6th round pick, but neither is a guarantee to improve going forward, so the Bengals didn’t waste time in adding more youth to the group, using 3rd, 4th, and 7th round picks on edge defenders. 

Third round pick Joseph Ossai would seem to have the clearest path to a rotational role as a rookie, but fourth round pick Cameron Sample is one to watch as well at a position that significantly lacked depth in 2020. Neither Hubbard nor Hendrickson are high level starters (despite Hendrickson’s sack total last season) and their depth, while likely improved, still consists of unproven young players, but this isn’t a bad position group overall.

Grade: B-

Interior Defenders

The Bengals’ decision to move on from Geno Atkins in the near future was likely made when the Bengals made their biggest free agent addition in years last off-season and signed ex-Texan DJ Reader to a contract worth 53 million over 4 years. Reader’s season was ended after 259 snaps across 5 games, but even Reader’s injury did not get Atkins significant playing time, as the Bengals instead opted to give significant snap counts to underwhelming veterans Mike Daniels (356 snaps), Christian Covington (559 snaps), Xavier Williams (311 snaps), and Margus Hunt (293 snaps). All four earned below average grades and none are promising young players, so the Bengals didn’t even get any long-term clarity at the position from benching one of the best defensive players in franchise history. At least on the edge, Dunlap had been benched for significantly younger options.

Atkins is gone, as are all of the aforementioned players aside from Mike Daniels, who was retained in free agency. The Bengals also signed Larry Ogunjobi from the Browns to a 1-year, 6.2 million dollar deal, who figures to start opposite Reader, who is set to return from injury. Ogunjobi got decent money, but it’s unclear how much of an upgrade he’ll be for the Bengals. A 3rd round pick in 2017, Ogunjobi flashed a lot of potential across 300 rookie year snaps, but he hasn’t been able to translate that into a larger role. 

Ogunjobi has averaged 784 snaps per game over the past 3 seasons, but has never earned more than an average grade from PFF, including back-to-back seasons in which he has finished 104th among 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF and 103rd among 123 eligible respectively. Now in his age 27 season, it’s unlikely he has further significant untapped upside, so he will likely remain a middling snap eater at best for this unit.

Reader’s return is what gives this group the potential to be a lot better in 2021. Reader didn’t quite show his best form before the injury, but he’s only in his age 27 season and he has plenty of bounce back potential. A 5th round pick by the Texans in 2016, Reader earned an average or better grade from PFF in all four seasons in Houston and improved in every season, culminating in a 2019 season in which he ranked 7th among interior defenders on PFF across 622 snaps, not only dominating against the run at 6-3 347, but adding 2.5 sacks, 11 hits, and a 9.9% pressure rate. All in all, he has a 7.8% pressure rate for his career, including last season. Reader might not be quite as good in 2021 as he was in 2019, but he figures to be an above average starter at the least for the Bengals at a position that was a significant problem without him in 2020.

Daniels returns as a backup and, while he did struggle last season, he at least has a history of success. Daniels was one of the best interior defenders in the league in his prime and finished 20th among interior defenders on PFF as recently as 2017, but injuries have limited him to 30 total games and a max of 419 snaps in a season in the past three seasons since and they seem to have sapped his abilities as well, leading last year’s career worst rank, finishing 108th among 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF. Now going into his age 32 season, it’s safe to say his best days are behind him, but if he can manage to stay relatively healthy he might not be a bad rotational option. There’s also a possibility he completely falls off though, which the Bengals seem to have prepared for by using a 4th round pick on LSU’s Tyler Shelvin to give them added depth.

The Bengals also get run stuffing specialist Josh Tupou back from opting out of the 2020 season. Tupou finished the 2019 season as PFF’s 22nd ranked interior defender against the run, while totaling 465 snaps, but he’s not a pass rush threat, without a sack or a hit in his career and, aside from that 2019 season, the 2017 undrafted free agent has otherwise played just 173 snaps. It’s possible he picks up right where he left off as a valuable run stuffer, even after a year off, but that’s far from a guarantee and he’s highly unlikely he has untapped pass rush upside. This is a deeper group than a year ago, but they’ll need Reader to play at a high level in his return from injury because this is an otherwise underwhelming group.

Grade: B

Linebackers

The Bengals linebacking corps was arguably their worst defensive group in 2020, with every linebacker who played more than 100 snaps for this defense earning a below average grade from PFF. Despite that, the Bengals didn’t make any notable additions to this group this off-season. Instead, they let go of veteran Josh Bynes, who led this group with 761 snaps, and will be hoping their young linebackers can step up in larger roles. 

Behind Bynes, 2019 3rd round pick Germaine Pratt was 2nd in this group with 686 snaps, but he struggled mightily, ranking 90th among 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF. He still has theoretical upside, only in his age 25 season, but he struggled on 437 snaps as a rookie as well and, even if he’s better in 2021 than he was in 2020, it’s likely to only be by default. Meanwhile, 2020 3rd and 4th round picks Logan Wilson and Akeem Gaither-Davis will be relied on for larger roles in their second season in the league, despite struggling across 343 and 314 snaps respectively as rookies.

Jordan Evans has only played 139 snaps over the past two seasons and, in the only seasons in his career in which he has seen significant action, the 2017 6th round pick struggled mightily as a rookie across 312 snaps and then again across 510 snaps in 2018, but he could still be forced into somewhat significant action in a thin group. The Bengals will be counting on underwhelming young players in a group that will almost definitely struggle again in 2021.

Grade: C-

Secondary

Cornerback wasn’t really a weakness in 2020 for the Bengals, but they had a lot of free agents at the position this off-season and, in fact, lost their top-3 cornerbacks in terms of snaps played this off-season, with William Jackson, Mackenzie Alexander, and LeShaun Sims all no longer with the team, so it was a position of need this off-season. To address this need, they handed out contracts worth 21.75 million over 3 years and 24 million over 4 years to Chidobe Awuzie from the Cowboys and Mike Hilton from the Steelers respectively. Awuzie will start opposite Trae Waynes, a free agent addition from last off-season who missed all of 2020 with injury, with slot specialist Hilton on the slot in sub packages.

Waynes is probably the shakiest of the trio because of the injury and the missed season, but he was a capable starter throughout the previous 4 seasons prior to last season (52 starts in 59 games) and is still relatively young in his age 29 season, so he should be able to remain a capable, if unspectacular starter. Awuzie is also coming off of an injury plagued year, struggling across 452 snaps in 8 games, but he was a solid starter in 2018 and 2019 (30 starts), especially playing well in 2019 when he ranked 27th among cornerbacks on PFF, and he’s still young in his age 26 season, so he has a lot of bounce back potential, now healthier and away from Dallas’ terrible scheme.

Hilton, meanwhile, is one of the better slot specialists in the league, ranking in the top-15 among cornerbacks in slot coverage snaps per game over the past four seasons with the Steelers and averaging just 1.17 yards per route run allowed on those slot coverage snaps. He’s not just a good coverage cornerback though, as he’s also a solid run defender and as good of a blitzer off the edge as any slot cornerback in the league, totaling 9.5 sacks, 13 hits, and a 16.0% pressure rate in 59 career games. 

Assuming the Bengals don’t misuse him by playing him outside frequently, which they likely won’t need to, Hilton should continue being the same player in his new city, still only in his age 27 season. The Bengals also have holdover Darius Phillips, who showed a lot of promise across 593 snaps last season, after doing the same across 108 snaps in 2019. The 2018 5th round pick is still pretty inexperienced, but he’s good insurance to have as a 4th cornerback. 

At safety, the Bengals return starters Jessie Bates and Vonn Bell and they were probably the biggest strength on an otherwise underwhelming defensive unit. Bates in particular was dominant, finishing the season as PFF’s top ranked safety overall. He might not be the biggest name, but he allowed just two catches of 20+ yards and no catches of 40+ yards, despite playing as a deep coverage safety on about 75% of his snaps and despite having minimal support from his supporting cast. On top of that, Bates also batted away 12 passes, 3 more than any other safety.

Bates is a one year wonder in terms of playing at the level he played last season, most recently finishing 73rd among 98 eligible safeties on PFF in 2019, and, even last season he left something to be desired against the run, but the 2018 2nd round pick also ranked 12th among safeties on and, only in his age 24 season, he has the upside to continue playing at a high level for years to come. He’s also very experienced and durable, starting from week one of his rookie year and not missing a game due to injury en route to making 48 of a possible 48 starts in his career. Even if he’s somewhat unpredictable and even if last year ends up being the best year of his career, Bates could still be one of the better safeties in the league in 2021 and beyond.

Bell, meanwhile, is primarily a box safety, making him a good complement to Bates. Bell leaves something to be desired in coverage, but even with that taken into account, he’s still earned an average or better overall grade from PFF in 4 straight seasons, making up for his deficiencies in coverage by finishing in the top-9 among safeties in run defense grade 4 times in 5 seasons in the league since the Saints selected him in the 2nd round in 2016. 

Signed to a 3-year, 18 million dollar deal by the Bengals last off-season, Bell proved to be a solid addition in year one and, only in his age 27 season with just 3 career games missed due to injury in 5 seasons in the league, I see no reason to expect anything different from him in 2021. The Bengals also have good safety depth because they signed veteran Ricardo Allen, who is in his age 30 season and probably isn’t quite good enough to be a starter anywhere any more, but who also has 76 career starts in 6 seasons in the league and can provide above average veteran depth. With a talented safety duo and a retooled cornerback group that looks at least respectable, the Bengals’ secondary is the strength of their defense.

Grade: A-

Kicker/Punter

The Bengals finished last season with the 9th highest special teams DVOA in the league and their only below average aspect in DVOA was place kicking. They made 32/33 extra points, but hit just 79.4% of their field goals as a team. Long-time Bengals kicker Randy Bullock finished 30th among 36 eligible kickers on PFF and hit just 20/26 field goals, before being replaced by Austin Seibert, who wasn’t better, making 6/8, including just 1 of 3 from beyond 40 yards.

Bullock was not retained this off-season and, while Seibert remains with the team, he would be a very underwhelming option and will almost definitely lose his job to 5th round rookie Evan McPherson, barring a meltdown by McPherson in training camp or the pre-season. Being drafted doesn’t always mean success for a kicker, but McPherson finished his collegiate career with a 85.0% field goal percentage that is the best all-time in the SEC, including 16-23 on 40+ yards field goals and 5/8 on 50+ yard field goals. It wouldn’t be hard for him to be an upgrade on last year’s Bullock/Seibert combo as a rookie and I would expect him to do so.

It’s possible the Bengals could have a rookie punter this season as well, as they signed one of the better undrafted free agent punters Drue Chrisman to push long-time veteran Kevin Huber, who has been a reliable punter for the Bengals for 12 seasons, but has been increasingly mediocre in recent years and now heads into his age 36 season. The Bengals still had a strong punting DVOA last season, but that was largely due to Huber’s supporting cast, as Huber ranked just 28th out of 34 eligible punters with 4.25 seconds of hang time and was PFF’s 33rd ranked punter overall. 

Chrisman, who ranked 13th among Power Five punters with 45.0 yards per punt for Ohio State last season, could win the job with a strong pre-season and it wouldn’t be a surprise if he wound up as an upgrade over Huber. The fact that two rookies could be an upgrade for the Bengals at kicker and punter in 2021 tells you all you need to know about the Bengals’ issues at these positions last season, but they had an impressive special teams DVOA without a good kicker or punter, so if everything else stays the same, the Bengals could be even better on special teams in 2021.

Grade: B-

Return Specialists

One key player who returns for the Bengals is kickoff returner Brandon Wilson, who has been one of the best in the league over the past two seasons, ranking 1st and 4th among returners on PFF in the past two seasons respectively and averaging 28.5 yards per return with two scores on 44 attempts. Jones should continue returning kicks at a high level in 2021, but unfortunately he’s never returned a punt and would likely not be a candidate for that role, even with long-time punt returner Alex Erickson no longer with the team.


Erickson was an unspectacular punt returner, but he averaged 8.0 yards per return across 135 returns over the past five seasons and the Bengals don’t have a clear replacement. Cornerback Darius Phillips has some return experience, but most of it has come as a kickoff returner (21.9 yards per return across 17 career kickoff returns) and he’s struggled with just 6.4 yards per return on 5 career punt returns. He also could be in line for a larger defensive role, in which case giving him more special teams as well work might not be the best move.

Reserve wide receiver Trent Taylor has averaged 9.6 yards per return across 49 returns in his career, but that might not be enough to guarantee him a roster spot if he can’t earn one as a pass catcher. Punt returner is not likely to be a strength for the Bengals in 2021 and, while it wasn’t in 2020 either, I would expect their punt return game to be slightly worse in 2021. Fortunately, kickoff returner is still an obvious strength, which makes up for their punt return issues a little bit.

Grade: A-

Special Teamers

I mentioned earlier that the Bengals had a strong punting DVOA, ranking 7th, despite underwhelming play by their actual punter. That was because of strong play by their punt coverage unit, which was part of strong play overall by their special teamers. Unfortunately, the Bengals suffered some key losses to their special teams in free agency, as Cethan Carter (312 snaps) and Shawn Williams (297 snaps), who both finished above average on PFF and ranked in the top-3 in snaps on special teams for the Bengals, are no longer with the team. Carter in particular will be a big loss, having finished the 2020 season as PFF’s 25th ranked special teamer overall. 

Jordan Evans, who led the group with 340 snaps and also played well, is still around and he’s an experienced multi-year special teamer who has consistently earned above average grades from PFF, but they’ll need other players to step up behind him. Akeem Davis-Gaither (289 snaps), Brandon Wilson (265 snaps), and Mason Schreck (150 snaps) all earned above average grades from PFF last season, but they are all one-year wonders who are far from guaranteed to repeat their strong play. 

Kavon Frazier was added in free agency and he’s been at least capable across three seasons of 200+ snaps in his career, but he’s not nearly as good as the players who departed. Linebackers Germaine Pratt (219 snaps) and Logan Wilson (201 snaps) held their own on special teams last season, but could be ticketed for larger roles on defense in 2021. The Bengals will likely be relying on several rookies for key roles in what overall looks like a downgraded special teams compared to a year ago.

Grade: B

Conclusion

The Bengals will get Joe Burrow back from injury this season and he gives them a relatively high upside, but this team had a lot of problems outside of the quarterback position last season and didn’t really do enough to address them. They should be better on the offensive line and in the receiving corps and they’ll get a key player back on each side of the ball in Joe Mixon and DJ Reader, but the Bengals didn’t have an unusual amount of injuries last season, so they can’t necessarily depend on better health overall, and their big splash move on defense Trey Hendrickson is probably a downgrade over the player he’s replacing. The Bengals should be reasonably competitive, but I think they’re at least a year away from being a playoff team unless they can get a borderline MVP caliber year from their young quarterback in his first season back from knee surgery. I will have a final prediction for the Bengals at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: Not much has changed in my projection for the Bengals, who figure to get a little bit of boost from their special teams, but an insignificant amount.

9/4/21 Update: I have nothing new to add here, but barring an MVP caliber year from Joe Burrow, I have a hard time seeing this team making any noise this season.

Prediction: 6-11 4th in AFC North

Pittsburgh Steelers 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

In 2018, the Steelers fell just short of the post-season at 9-7, despite having one of the better offenses in the league, finishing the season 6th in first down rate. In 2019, quarterback Ben Roethlisberger went down for the season with an elbow injury in week 2 and backups Mason Rudolph and Devlin Hodges were horrible in his absence, which, along with other issues on offense around the quarterback, led to the Steelers bottoming out on offense, falling to 31st in first down rate. However, they still managed an 8-8 finish because their defense took a big step forward in Roethlisberger’s absence, finishing the 2019 season ranked 4th in first down rate allowed.

With Roethlisberger returning in 2020 along with most of their defense, many expected the Steelers would be able to put it all together on both sides of the ball and indeed they did start the season 11-0, but that was one of the most misleading records of all-time. Just three of those 11 wins came by more than 10 points and two of them, wins over the Jaguars and Bengals, came against among the worst teams in the league. Overall, they had arguably the easiest schedule in the league to begin the season, including one score victories over the Jeff Driskel led Broncos, the COVID depleted Ravens, the Garrett Gilbert led Cowboys, and the eventual 4-12 Texans. 

In terms of schedule adjusted first down rate differential, the Steelers ranked 5th at +2.60% through their 11-0 start, good, but not nearly as good as their record would have suggested. On top of that, while the Steelers continued playing at a high level on defense, ranking 1st in first down rate allowed over expected at -4.65%, their offense did not do its part, ranking 27th in first down rate over expected at -2.06%, despite their record. An aging Ben Roethlisberger did not play nearly as well as he had prior in his career, while his supporting cast no longer had top receiver Antonio Brown and overall was not as impressive as in 2018. 

That was especially concerning because offensive performance tends to be much more consistent week-to-week and year-to-year than defensive performance, so, even though the Steelers were 11-0, they seemed very likely to regress going forward and see their season end short. Their collapse exceeded even my expectations, however, as they went on to lose four of their final five games, including an embarrassing upset loss to the last place Bengals as two touchdown favorites, and eventually they lost at home in the first round of the post-season to the underdog Cleveland Browns. 

Despite that collapse, their season-long numbers in first down don’t look drastically different than they did six games prior when they were 11-0. They finished 28th in first down rate over expected at -2.83%, 2nd in first down rate allowed over expected at -4.30%, and 11th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at +1.46%. Going into 2021, I expect the Steelers to continue regressing. While their offense seems unlikely to be drastically better than it was last season, their defense is starting to go the way of every dominant defense before them who has found it impossible to keep all their talent under the cap long-term, losing a trio of above average starters this off-season in Steven Nelson, Mike Hilton, and Bud Dupree, which will almost definitely lead to them regressing somewhat on that side of the ball. 

Even with those three players and others from recent years no longer with the team, the Steelers are still right up against the cap. However, at the same time, because of where they are in the life cycle of most of their contracts, they have the 4th lowest active cap spending in the league (even with Roethlisberger having a cap hit of 25.91 million) and, in terms of combined average annual value of the players on their roster, the Steelers have the least expensive roster in the league, which will show in the lack of talent the Steelers have at several positions.

At one point this off-season, it seemed like a legitimate possibility that the Steelers would release Ben Roethlisberger entirely for cap reasons, as his cap hit was at one point 41.25 million, but Roethlisberger signed a restructured one-year deal that pays him 14 million for 2021, which could easily be his final season of his career, now in his age 39 season. His cap hit is still the 7th highest in the league among quarterbacks because of years of accumulating dead cap and he figures not to play anywhere near that well, but he wasn’t the primary problem on this offense last season (more on that later) and the Steelers weren’t in position to find an upgrade on him either through free agency or the draft this off-season, so bringing him back at a reduced rate makes sense. The dead cap also would have been owed either way, so, while it hurts the Steelers’ ability to add and keep talent elsewhere, it was irrelevant to the Steelers’ decision to bring him back.

Even though he wasn’t the primary problem on this offense, Roethlisberger didn’t help matters, completing 65.6% of his passes for just 6.25 YPA, 33 touchdowns, and 10 interceptions (with another 10 interceptions dropped by defenders) and ranking 25th among 42 eligible quarterbacks on PFF, a pretty steep drop off for a quarterback who has finished in the top-12 in 12 of 17 seasons in the league and who is almost definitely bound for the Hall of Fame. That’s still an upgrade over Mason Rudolph and Devlin Hodges, who ranked 37th and 39th respectively among 39 eligible in 2019 on PFF, and it’s possible Roethlisberger could turn the clock back a little bit this season, but it’s equally likely he continues declining and is one of the worst starting quarterbacks in the NFL. Either way, he is likely to need a lot of help for this team to be a legitimate contender and the rest of the roster seems to fall short.

Grade: B-

Running Backs

As I mentioned, Roethlisberger was not the primary problem on this offense last season. That would be their running game and, to a lesser extent, their offensive line, two things largely intertwined. Overall, the Steelers finished dead last in the NFL with 3.62 YPC and 1,351 rushing yards on the season and by the end of the season the Steelers had largely given up on their running game, leading to them finishing with just the season with just the 5th fewest carries of any team in the league with 373. Starting running back James Conner averaged 4.27 YPC, but he was banged up often and backups Benny Snell and Anthony McFarland averaged just 3.32 YPC on 111 carries and 3.42 YPC on 33 carries respectively. Conner also signed with the Cardinals as a free agent this off-season, making their running back need even more dire.

The Steelers addressed the position on draft day, using their first round pick, #24 overall on Alabama’s Najee Harris and, while he is certainly an upgrade, it’s a questionable use for a first round pick for a team with other needs, given how easy it is to find capable running backs later in the draft. Also, for as talented as Harris is, he could still easily be stifled by poor offensive line play and a lack of a downfield passing game to consistently force guys away from the line of scrimmage.

The Steelers also didn’t add any other running backs this off-season, meaning this is completely Harris’ backfield. Benny Snell and his career 3.63 YPC average are tentatively expected to be the #2 back and spell Harris for a few touches per game, with McFarland, a 2020 4th round pick who may still have some upside, being the only competition for Snell’s #2 back role. One problem is the Steelers don’t really have a passing down back, as Harris is not known for his receiving ability and Snell and McFarland have totaled just 13 catches and 6 catches respectively in their careers.

The Steelers do have tight end turned fullback/running back Jaylen Samuels, who has a very underwhelming career 3.50 YPC and had just 18 touches in 14 games last season, but who also has some experience as a passing down back, totaling a 47/305/1 slash line as a passing down specialist for the Steelers in 2019, and who is a relatively reliable set of hands out of the backfield, given his history at the tight end spot. He’s still an underwhelming pass catching option in a backfield that lacks depth, but the addition of Harris in the first round, even if it may not have been their best choice at the time, makes this group a lot better because he has the upside to become one of the best runners in the league over the next few seasons.

Grade: B-

Offensive Line

It’s really been a steep dropoff for the Steelers on the offensive line in recent years and it continued into this off-season, when they lost a trio of starters from an already underwhelming 2020 unit, making matters even worse upfront for this offense. For years, the Steelers had been able to count on left tackle Alejandro Villanueva, left guard Ramon Foster, center Maurkice Pouncey, right guard David DeCastro, and right tackle Marcus Gilbert and, even when Gilbert started missing significant time with injuries, the Steelers found a good replacement for him in Matt Feiler and eventually let the injury prone Gilbert go.

It was predictable that their offensive line would decline as those players got up in age, but how fast things have fallen apart upfront is pretty incredible. It started last off-season, when Foster retired, prompting the Steelers to move Feiler inside to guard and start Zach Banner at right tackle. Banner didn’t make it through his first game before suffering a season ending injury and Feiler struggled to adapt to his new position early in the season and then later in the season suffered an injury of his own hurt that caused the Steelers to turn to rookie 4th round rookie Kevin Dotson at left guard, who played well enough that he kept the job for the rest of the season.

Feiler left this off-season, which was not really a surprise, but he was followed out the door by Villanueva, who, after 7 seasons in Pittsburgh, signed for more money with divisional rival Baltimore this off-season, and Pouncey, who opted to retire ahead of his age 32 season, after spending his entire 11-year career with the Steelers. On top of that, the Steelers didn’t have the financial flexibility this off-season to spend big in pursuit of replacements. 

Right guard David DeCastro is still around, but he heads into his age 31 season as the only starter remaining from the consistently dominant units the Steelers had just a couple years ago and he’s coming off a down year by his standards, finishing 42nd among guards on PFF, down from 7 straight seasons in the top-16 at his position. He could bounce back somewhat in 2021, but that’s not a guarantee and his best days are likely behind him. He and Kevin Dotson, who flashed on 358 snaps as a rookie, but still is a projection to a season long starting role, are the only starters locked in on this offensive line going into 2021. Guard is the relative strength of an offensive line that has unsettled competitions involving underwhelming options at both tackle spots and at center.

At offensive tackle, the Steelers brought back Zach Banner as a free agent and are hoping he can be what they were expecting him to be last year before he got hurt. That’s far from a guarantee though, as Banner was a projection even before last year’s injury, having played just 243 prior snaps in his career, primarily as an extra offensive linemen, before missing most of last season. Banner is a former 4th round pick who has flashed on limited action in his career, but the Steelers are putting a lot of faith in an unproven player coming off of a major injury.

Chukwuma Okorafor took over at right tackle for Banner when he got hurt and ended up making 15 starts, but he struggled, finishing 77th among 89 eligible offensive tackles on PFF. Like Banner, Okorafor was also a relatively high pick, being selected in the 3rd round in 2018, but he also played very little early in his career, playing just 229 snaps total in 2018-2019 prior to last season and, unlike Banner, he has yet to even flash potential, earning below average grades from PFF in all 3 seasons in the league. He’s still young enough that it’s possible that could change, still only going into his age 24 season, but that’s far from a guarantee. A better athlete than the massive 6-8 360 pound Banner, Okorafor is the most natural fit at left tackle, but he could easily prove to be totally overmatched on the blindside.

The Steelers are probably hoping to be able to start Okorafor and Banner, but they did add veteran competition for the inexperienced young players, signing Joe Haeg in free agency. A 5th round pick in 2016, Haeg actually started 29 games in his first two seasons in the league and wasn’t bad, earning middling grades from PFF in both seasons, but he’s been a reserve on some teams with great offensive lines in the Colts and Buccaneers over the past three seasons and has made just 9 starts over those 3 seasons. 

Haeg is a versatile player who has made 10 of his career 38 starts at guard, but right tackle is his clearest path to playing time and he could continue being a capable starter if he ends up in the starting lineup at one point or another. There is probably more reason to be confident in him than either of their currently projected starting tackles. The Steelers also used a 4th round pick on Dan Moore, but it’s unclear how much, if any, he will contribute as a rookie.

At center, the Steelers have a three way battle to replace the retired Pouncey. JC Hassenauser was their backup center last season, but the 2018 undrafted free agent was underwhelming in the first action of his career across 303 snaps. The Steelers used a 3rd round pick on Illinois’ Kendrick Green and also brought back former backup center BJ Finney, who spent last season in Seattle, where he proved to be a bust on a 2-year, 8 million dollar deal, never playing an offensive snap and getting released just one off-season later, so Hassenauser probably isn’t even a lock to make the final roster.

Finney is going into his age 30 season and only has 13 career starts, but he has shown some promise in limited action when counted on in the past. Green is probably their highest upside option, but all three options are underwhelming and, like both tackle positions, center figures to be a position of weakness for the Steelers in 2021. Their guard play saves them somewhat, but this still looks like one of the worst offensive lines in the league, as they are noticeably thinner and less experienced than last year’s already underwhelming group.

Grade: C

Receiving Corps

One big move for the Steelers this off-season was keeping wide receiver JuJu Smith-Schuster, who seemed as good as gone at the start of the off-season, as it seemed likely that Smith-Schuster would receive a big contract elsewhere that the Steelers wouldn’t be able to match. However, Smith-Schuster met a cold market like many in this reduced cap year and ended up returning to the Steelers on a team friendly 1-year, 8 million dollar deal that gives him another crack at free agency again next off-season, likely in better circumstances.

Smith-Schuster looked like one of the best young wide receivers in the league, as the 2017 2nd round pick posted a massive 111/1426/7 slash line in just his second season in the league in 2018, but without Antonio Brown drawing double teams opposite him, Smith-Schuster has yet to develop into the #1 wide receiver they were expecting he’d become, averaging 1.37 yards per route run and a 79/790/7 slash line per 16 games in two seasons since Brown was let go. Rather than being a clear #1 wide receiver, Smith-Schuster has been one of three wide receivers the Steelers spread the ball to about evenly, also including Diontae Johnson and Chase Claypool, with 4th receiver James Washington also seeing a few targets per game.

That depth at wide receiver is the result of the Steelers using a 3rd round pick or higher on a wide receiver in each of their past four drafts, starting with Smith-Schuster in 2017 and continuing with each of the Steelers’ top-4 wide receivers. That depth seemed like all the more reason Smith-Schuster would not be back, which would have led to more targets for other Steeler wide receivers, but with Smith-Schuster back, not much changes in this group.

Smith-Schuster is still only going into his age 25 season, so he could still develop into more of a #1 option long-term, but he also finished 3rd on this team in receiving yards with a 97/831/9 slash line in 2020 and could easily finish third again in 2021 as the Steelers’ other wide receivers also have upside. Probably the highest upside member of this group is 2020 2nd round pick Chase Claypool, who finished with a 62/873/9 slash line as a rookie despite taking a few weeks to get regular playing time. 

Claypool’s 1.90 yards per route run average not only led the team, but ranked 25th in the NFL and, overall, he finished the season as PFF’s 38th ranked wide receiver overall. Perhaps the most exciting part of all of this is Claypool was regarded as pretty raw coming out of Notre Dame and has the physical upside to be one of the better wide receivers in the league someday. I’m not saying he will become that in year two and development is not always linear, but Claypool seems likely to surpass last year’s receiving totals just on the basis of more playing time in his second season and he has the upside for a lot more.

Diontae Johnson led this group in receiving with a 88/923/7 slash line, after the 2019 3rd round pick had a 59/680/5 slash line in lesser playing time as a rookie. Johnson doesn’t have the upside of Claypool or perhaps even of Smith-Schuster, but his 1.70 yards per route run average in two seasons in the league is above average, he’s earned just above average season long grades from PFF as well, and, still only in his age 25 season, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him take a step forward in his third season in the league in 2021.

James Washington was their 4th receiver last year, but he still played 486 snaps and had a 30/392/5 slash line on 56 targets. He saw his playing time decrease down the stretch as Chase Claypool emerged, but he should still have a role in this offense in 2021. The 2018 2nd round pick also showed he can take on a larger role if needed, like he did in 2019, when he finished with a 44/735/3 slash line and 1.76 yards per route run, despite having arguably the worst quarterback play in the league with Roethlisberger out, and, still only going into his age 25 season, it’s possible he has further untapped upside. The Steelers legitimately go four deep at wide receiver and have a couple players with #1 receiver potential in JuJu Smith-Schuster and Chase Claypool. A solid young group from a year ago could easily take a step forward in their second season together.

The one thing that is different in this receiving corps is the Steelers released veteran tight end Vance McDonald, who struggled last season on 483 snaps, finishing 57th among 58 eligible tight ends on PFF, and replaced him with second round pick Pat Freiermuth. Freiermuth enters the league very raw, but he comes with a upside and won’t be relied on for a significant role as a rookie, likely beginning his career in McDonald’s old role as the #2 tight end behind starter Eric Ebron.

Ebron is best known for the 13 touchdowns he had in 2018 with Andrew Luck, as part of a 66/750/13 slash line, but that stands out as an obvious fluke for a player who 19 receiving touchdowns in his other 6 seasons in the league combined and, even that season included, Ebron has averaged just 1.40 yards per route run and 6.91 yards per target throughout his career. He’s a great athlete for the tight end position, but he has never been a good blocker, nor has he ever had reliable hands, dropping 10% or more of his targets in 6 of 7 seasons in the league, undoubtedly contributing to his underwhelming receiving averages for his career. 

Ebron is also coming off one of the worst seasons of his career, finishing 54th among 58 eligible tight ends on PFF, struggling against as a blocker and managing just 1.18 yards per route run and 6.13 yards per target. Ebron is still theoretically in the prime of his career in his age 28 season, but he’s not guaranteed to be better than he was last season and, even if he is, he’s still likely to be around the same caliber of player as he has been throughout his 7-year career, which is underwhelming. Fortunately, the Steelers’ passing game primarily is focused on their wide receivers, which are a strong group, though their overall youth and inexperience could prove to be an issue again.

Grade: B+

Edge Defenders

They say defense wins championships and, while that may or may not be true, defensive led teams tend to have much less staying power as top level teams than offensive led teams. Offensive statistics tend to be much more consistent and predictive on a year-to-year basis than defensive statistics, so teams that play at a high level on defense are significantly less likely to repeat that the following season than teams that play at a high level on offense. 

The reason for this is financial. Teams can have a good offense with strong quarterback play and an adequate supporting cast, which tends to be relatively less inexpensive than keeping together the 7-9 above average defensive starters you need to consistently year in and year out play at a high level on defense. The Steelers finished 4th in first down rate allowed in 2019 and 2nd in 2020, but they are starting to lose talented players for financial reasons like many top level defenses before them, losing a trio of above average defensive starters in edge defender Bud Dupree and cornerbacks Steven Nelson and Mike Hilton this off-season and not really replacing them. This is still a talented group, but they could slip a few spots in the defensive rankings as a result of their off-season losses, which would further expose a limited offense.

Dupree will be replaced internally by 2020 3rd round Alex Highsmith. Dupree was a solid, but unspectacular starter, while Highsmith flashed potential on 440 snaps as a rookie, so he could prove to be an adequate replacement, but he’s still a projection to a larger role and him moving into the starting lineup depletes their depth. To replenish depth, the Steelers used a 6th round pick on Quincy Roche and signed veteran journeyman Cassius Marsh, who has never earned an above average grade from PFF or played more than 550 snaps in a season in 7 seasons in the league and who struggled mightily across 197 snaps with three different teams last season. Needless to say, depth is a concern, especially given that the Steelers will be relying on an unproven starter in Alex Highsmith.

Fortunately, the Steelers still have TJ Watt, who leads this group and is one of the best players in the league at his position. A first round pick in 2017, Watt was an above average starter in his first two years in the league and has taken it to another level over the past two seasons, ranking 2nd and 1st among edge defenders in 2019 and 2020 respectively and totaling 29.5 sacks, 49 hits, and a 15.6% pressure rate, coinciding with the Steelers’ rise to among the top few defenses in the league.

It’s the most impressive two-year stretch by any defender other than Aaron Donald over the past two seasons and, only in his age 27 season, there’s plenty of reason to expect Watt to remain among the game’s best for at least the next couple seasons. It seems like only a matter of time before he gets a Defensive Player of the Year award, after finishing in the top-3 in back-to-back seasons. Even if this defense declines this season, Watt’s presence should ensure they are still one of the better units in the league. He significantly elevates a position group that otherwise has question marks.

Grade: B+

Interior Defenders

Along with Watt, the strength of this defense is the interior defender position. Stephon Tuitt and Cameron Hayward have been arguably the best 3-4 defensive end duo in the league over the past few years, but there was some concern with this group going into last season, having lost nose tackle Javon Hargrave on a big contract to the Eagles. Instead, the Steelers plugged in veteran Tyson Alualu, who excelled, and they got good play from reserve Chris Wormley, who was acquired from the Ravens in a trade last off-season. All four of those key players return to a group that looks likely to be among the league’s best again in 2021.

One concern is age, as both Cameron Heyward and Tyson Alualu are getting up there, heading into their age 32 season and age 34 season respectively. A first round pick by the Steelers in 2011, Heyward has yet to start to decline, continuing a streak of six straight healthy seasons in the top-23 among interior defenders on PFF (excluding an injury plagued 2016 campaign), but that doesn’t mean he won’t begin to decline this season. Even at less than his best, Hayward should at the very least remain an above average starter, but it could be noticeable for an elite defense if one of their elite players does not play up to his usual standards.

Alualu is the bigger concern as not only is he older, but he’s also coming off of a career best season, finishing as PFF’s 7th ranked interior defender against the run. Alualu has always been a capable run stuffer, but it would be a surprise to see him repeat the best season of his career again at age 34. Alualu doesn’t play a huge role on this defense, seeing 448 snaps last season, but if he isn’t elite against the run again this season, that also could have a noticeable effect on this defense.

Stephon Tuitt is the safest bet of this group, still in his prime in his age 28 season, on a streak of four straight seasons in the top-23 among interior defenders on PFF. Equally good against the run and as a pass rusher, Tuitt has totaled 23 sacks, 43 hits, and a 11.4% pressure rate in 47 games the aforementioned four-year stretch. I would expect more of the same from him in 2021, though one thing that could also remain the same is the fact that he hasn’t made it through a full season without missing time since his rookie year back in 2014. If he were to miss significant time, this would obviously be a big blow to this defense as he’s otherwise their safest bet on the interior.

Chris Wormley plays by far the least of the aforementioned group, but he is good insurance in case any of the Steelers’ top-3 miss significant time, something they didn’t do last season, leading to Wormley’s snap total of just 148. The 2017 4th round pick showed a lot of promise on those snaps though and also had solid seasons in larger roles in 2018 and 2019 with the Ravens, playing 446 snaps and 401 snaps respectively. This is as deep and talented of an interior defender group as any team in the league has, even with some concerns around aging players.

Grade: A

Linebackers

The Steelers didn’t have many injuries last season, totaling the 5th fewest adjusted games lost to injury in the league, but they did lose every down linebacker Devin Bush for the season in week 6. A first round pick in 2019, Bush struggled early in his rookie year, but had the kind of second half of the season that suggested he had a good chance to ultimately make good on his sky high upside. The injury complicates matters and Bush’s play left something to be desired in 2020 when he was on the field, but a third year breakout season for a player only in his age 23 season is definitely possible, although obviously not a given. 

One benefit of Bush’s injury was it allowed unknown 2018 undrafted free agent Robert Spillane to see some action, playing 379 snaps, after seeing just 4 defensive snaps in his career prior. Spillane flashed a lot of potential in 2020, especially in coverage, ranking 13th among off ball linebackers in coverage grade on PFF. Spillane’s play against the run was not nearly as good and he’s still very inexperienced overall, but the Steelers retained veteran run specialist Vince Williams this off-season, so Spillane will only have to be a sub package coverage specialist.

Williams was overstretched last season with a snap total of 672 on the year, with Bush’s injury forcing him to stay on the field in obvious passing situations more than the Steelers would have liked, but he’s been a consistently solid run stuffer in his career and, even going into his age 32 season, it wouldn’t surprise me to see him have another couple solid seasons left in the tank as a platoon player. This group doesn’t jump off the page, but that would obviously change if Bush can have a breakout year, with Williams and Spillane splitting time opposite him. That’s far from a guarantee, but it gives this linebacking corps more upside than comparably ranked teams. 

Grade: B-

Secondary

Cornerback is the position where the Steelers lost the most this off-season, as Steven Nelson and Mike Hilton both earned above average grades from PFF on 908 snaps and 464 snaps respectively and the Steelers didn’t replace either of them, opting to rely on internal solutions in Cameron Sutton, who was re-signed this off-season on a 2-year, 9 million dollar deal, and Justin Layne. Both are former 3rd round picks, 2017 and 2019 respectively, who have upside, but both are projections to a larger role.

Sutton probably has the most upside of the two, earning above average grades from PFF in each of the past two seasons, but that came across just 268 snaps in 2019 and 552 snaps in 2020, after struggling across 353 snaps in his first two seasons in the league. He has the upside to be an above average starter and his versatility to play both outside and on the slot makes him likely to see an every down role, but it also wouldn’t be a surprise to see him struggle in the first extended action of his career. Layne, meanwhile, is an even bigger projection, as he’s played just 122 nondescript snaps in two seasons in the league. Making matters worse, he was involved in an off-the-field issue this off-season and could face potential discipline.

Even if Sutton and Layne can step up in larger roles, depth is still a major concern for a position group that didn’t add any notable replacements this off-season. Former Jets cornerback Arthur Maulet was signed in free agency and will likely be their primary reserve cornerback. Undrafted in 2017, Maulet was not bad across 349 snaps in the first significant action of his career in 2019, but he fell to 112th among 131 eligible cornerbacks across 405 snaps in 2020 and would be a very underwhelming starting option if forced into action. 

James Pierre, a 2020 undrafted free agent who showed some potential as a rookie, but played just 30 snaps total, is also in the mix for a reserve role in a thin group. Even if first round pick Najee Harris becomes a good starting running back, the Steelers could easily regret not taking cornerback Greg Newsome instead, letting him get selected by the division rival Browns. It’s much easier for teams to find competent running backs than it is to find good depth at cornerback, which the Steelers severely lack.

The Steelers’ lack of cornerback depth is even more concerning because their only returning starter and de facto #1 cornerback Joe Haden has been very injury prone throughout his career, making it through a full season without missing time just twice in 11 seasons in the league and just once since his rookie year, which is unlikely to change as Haden gets up there in age, now heading into his age 32 season. There is also some concern that Haden declines significantly in 2021, given his age. He’s been at least a solid starter throughout his career (137 career starts), but his 46th ranked finish among cornerbacks on PFF in 2020 was the 3rd lowest finish of his career and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him fall further down this season, as his best days are almost definitely behind him. 

At safety, the Steelers have a pair of 2018 first round picks, Minkah Fitzpatrick and Terrell Edmunds. Fitzpatrick was originally drafted 11th overall by the Dolphins, but the Steelers flipped their 2020 first round pick to Miami for Fitzpatrick at the beginning of the 2019 season to start opposite Edmunds long-term. The move paid off immediately. Fitzpatrick earned middling grades from PFF throughout his brief tenure in Miami, in part because the Dolphins failed to utilize him properly, but the Steelers plugged him in as a full-time safety and he instantly broke out, finishing the 2019 season 11th among safeties on PFF and then following that with a 7th ranked finish in 2020. Still only in his age 25 season, Fitzpatrick is already one of the better safeties in the league and it’s possible we still haven’t seen his best yet.

Edmunds, meanwhile, was the Steelers’ pick, 28th overall, and, while he hasn’t been the high level player Fitzpatrick has been, he’s still been a solid starter across 43 starts in 47 career games. His 21st ranked finish among safeties on PFF in 2020 was a career best, which he’s not guaranteed to repeat, but he’s still only going into his age 24 season, so he may have further untapped potential. Even if he remains about the same level of player as he has been recently, the Steelers are in great shape at the safety position aside from depth concerns. The Steelers will likely need that to help mask their shaky cornerback situation. 

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

The Steelers finished 14th in special teams DVOA last season and their best aspect was place kicking. Long-time kicker Chris Boswell went 34/38 on extra points and 19/20 on field goals and, when he missed time with injury, Matthew Wright was arguably better in his place, making all 7 extra points and all 4 field goals he attempted. Boswell is the only kicker on their roster right now, so he will almost definitely keep the starting job for the sixth straight season. 

Boswell finished above average on PFF in 5 of his first 6 seasons in the league, while hitting 94.4% of his extra points and 88.0% of his field goals and I would expect more of the same from him in his seventh season in 2021. Boswell wasn’t quite as good on kickoffs, but he has been overall a solid kickoff specialist in his career and the Steelers still finished slightly above average in kickoff DVOA. That should also continue in 2021.

The Steelers didn’t get as good of play from their punting unit and the two veteran punters they went through last season, Jordan Berry and Dustin Colquitt, were both underwhelming. Colquitt is no longer with the team, but the Steelers used a 7th round pick on punter Pressley Harvin, who has a very good chance to take the job from Berry. Berry hasn’t been bad in 6 seasons as the Steelers punter, but he is coming off the worst season of his career and Harvin’s 44.8 yards per punt average at the collegiate level is better than Berry’s career mark of 44.4 and the 48.0 yards per punt average Pressley had as a senior in 2020 could easily be a sign of more to come. He and Boswell could both have above average seasons in 2021.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

The Steelers got pretty good play out of their return units, with rookie Ray-Ray McLeod leading their kickoff return unit with 28 returns for 23.1 yards per attempt and their punt return unit with 29 returns for 10.3 yards per attempt, en route to a 5th ranked finish among returners on PFF. McCloud figures to remain in that role, without any clear competition for each spots, and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him be better in year two. Even if he isn’t, he should remain at least a solid punt and kick returner.

Grade: B+

Special Teamers

There is reason to be concerned about the Steelers’ supporting special teamers and, if they struggle as a group relative to last season, that will have a noticeable effect on the rest of their special teams. Olasunkanmi Adeniyi (279 snaps), Alex Highsmith (261 snaps), Jordan Dangerfield (288 snaps), and Sean Davis (209 snaps) were their four best special teamers last season and only Highsmith remains on this roster in 2021 and he could see less time on special teams this season if he plays a bigger role on defense. Justin Layne, who was above average across 253 snaps in 2020, could also see a bigger defensive role and a smaller special teams role.

The Steelers did add some reinforcements. Jordan Dangerfield has generally been a solid, but unspectacular special teamer on an average of 281 snaps per season over the past four seasons. Miles Killebrew, meanwhile, is a much higher upside option who has excelled across 322 snaps per season in five seasons on special teams in his career, including a 15th ranked finish among special teamers on PFF across 353 snaps in 2020. The Steelers might have still lost more than they gained in free agency, but they probably won’t fall off significantly.

James Pierre (220 snaps), Derek Watt (207 snaps), Benny Snell (193 snaps), Henry Mondeaux (179 snaps), and Marcus Allen (193 snaps) were solid special teamers last season and will likely continue seeing a significant snap count. Watt is an experienced special teamer who has even been better in the past, finishing 18th and 5th among special teamers on PFF in 2018 and 2019 respectively. The rest of the aforementioned players are coming off of their best season of their respective careers though, so they might not continue playing at the level they did in 2020. This isn’t a bad group, even if they might not be quite as good as they were a season ago.

Grade: B

Conclusion

The Steelers rode an easy schedule and a great defense to a bunch of close wins en route to a 11-0 start last season, but their offense was exposed as the season went on and the schedule got tougher, leading to the Steelers dropping 5 of their last 6 games, including their first round playoff loss to the Browns. The Steelers added running back Najee Harris in the first round of the draft this off-season, but their offensive line is noticeably worse from even last year’s underwhelming group, starting unproven players at every spot except right guard, and Ben Roethlisberger could be nearing the end of his line, so I would expect this group to continue to struggle. 

Meanwhile, a defense that has been among the league’s best in each of the past couple seasons is starting to leak talent and lose depth, which could easily lead to them falling a few spots in the rankings, further exposing a weak offense. The Steelers have the least money committed to their roster of any team in the league in terms of average annual salary and, while part of that is the result of some talented young players on rookie deals, overall that lack of financial investment shows in several key spots on this group, including the offensive line and secondary. 

That’s not necessarily the Steelers’ fault as it’s the result of several years of trying to win now with an aging roster and quarterback, which has led to consistent playoff appearances, but it’s likely to result in the Steelers struggling to make the post-season in 2021, especially when you add the fact that their schedule looks likely to be significantly more difficult this season. I will have a final prediction for the Steelers at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21: The Steelers get a little bit of a boost from their special teams, which is more predictive than I thought, and they added veteran Melvin Ingram to give them more depth at the edge defender spot, but they also lost middle linebacker Vince Williams to retirement and downgraded their offensive line further by swapping David DeCastro for Trai Turner at right guard. This all basically amounts to a wash for a Steelers team that is likely to finish below .500 in 2021.

9/4/21 Update: Ben Roethlisberger fared well in his limited pre-season action, but it’s hard to translate that to what will likely be 600+ throws over 17 games. The Steelers’ offensive line is still a major concern as well and their defense, which would have already had a tough team repeating last season’s performance, will be without talented defensive lineman Stephon Tuitt for at least the first three games of the season, after placing him on injured reserve. Even at an over/under of 8.5 wins, the Steelers are a little overvalued.

Prediction: 6-11 3rd in AFC North

Detroit Lions 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

The Lions have been one of the least successful NFL teams in recent memory. Dating back to the turn of the millennium in 2000, the Lions have qualified for the post-season just three times, all three times as a wild card, and they’ve come up short in their first game all three times. You’d have to go back to 1993 for the last time the Lions made the post-season as a division winner, almost a decade before the current divisional alignment, and their playoff victory drought goes back even further, dating back 30 years to their 1991 NFC Championship appearance. Going even further back than that, the Lions haven’t appeared in the Super Bowl ever since its origin in 1967, one of four teams with no Super Bowl appearances in franchise history and the only one who has not done so despite being in existence throughout the Super Bowl era.

The Lions’ last playoff appearance was in 2016 when they qualified at just 9-7. The Lions followed that up with another 9-7 season in 2017, but they didn’t make the post-season that season and both of those 9-7 finishes relied on things that would be unlikely to continue going forward. In 2016, the Lions didn’t beat a single post-season qualifier all year and still managed just one victory by more than two scores. In 2017, the Lions had a few more multi-score victories and beat some tougher teams, but they were reliant on a +10 turnover margin, which is one of the least predictive stats. In both seasons, despite their 9-7 record, the Lions finished the season just 27th in first down rate differential.

The Lions fired head coach Jim Caldwell following that 2017 season, replacing him with former Patriots defensive coordinator Matt Patricia, who oversaw three straight seasons in which the Lions were non-competitive and never won more than six games, culminating in Patricia being let go midway through last season. Patricia was not liked by many of his players and may have been in over his head as a head coach, but I thought he unfairly got too much of the blame for this team’s struggles over the past three seasons, as they were likely to regress significantly after their back-to-back 9-7 seasons regardless, especially with the Lions also suffering a rash of injuries to key players over those three seasons.

With GM Bob Quinn also out the door, the Lions are bringing in yet another new regime to try to finally make this team into a consistent winner. When new regimes take over, they usually have to make some decisions on what direction to take the franchise, to rebuild completely or to try to add pieces to an existing core, but for the Lions’ new regime, that decision was made for them as franchise quarterback Matt Stafford decided he was finally sick of losing and demanded a trade from the team who drafted him #1 overall back in 2009.

Even though it wasn’t really the Lions’ choice to move Stafford, it was arguably their best option given the circumstances. Stafford hasn’t been the problem for the Lions over the years and his play hadn’t slipped in recent years, but he has been accumulating increasing amounts of injuries and he’s owed 43 million on his current contract for his age 33 and 34 in 2021-2022 combined, on a team with no realistic chance of competing for a Super Bowl over that time frame, due to the team’s lack of financial flexibility to add the upgrades needed around Stafford in free agency.

I thought the Lions would send Stafford somewhere for an early second, maybe late first round pick and then would select their quarterback of the future to replace him long-term, either with their 7th overall pick or with a higher pick after moving up. Instead, the Lions took a different approach, sending Stafford to the Rams for a 3rd round pick in 2021, first round picks in 2022 and 2023, and Rams quarterback Jared Goff, who will replace Stafford as the starter under center.

At first glance, that seems to be a bigger haul than I was expecting them to get, but it’s more complicated than that. The Rams already did not have their own first round pick in 2021 from the Jalen Ramsey trade, so the Lions will have to wait two years to see the full value of this deal and, with the Rams looking like contenders over the next two seasons, it’s likely both of those draft picks will fall in the 20s, rather than being premium picks. On top of that, Goff’s contract pays him about 10 million dollars more over the next two seasons than Stafford’s does, even though he’s a noticeable downgrade on the field, and all of that money is functionally guaranteed, locking Goff in at starting quarterback money for the next two seasons. 

That might not have been the best approach for a team that was in position to add a potential franchise quarterback on a rookie deal through the draft, with both Justin Fields and Mac Jones ultimately being available to them with their 7th overall pick. Hitting on a pick like that could have allowed the Lions to have a 3-4 year stretch where they are paying significantly below market value at the quarterback position, allowing them to spend more than most teams to fill out the rest of their roster.

At the same time, it’s not a terrible idea for the Lions to be patient with their rebuild. Even though they are future first round picks, they’re still first round picks and the Lions’ situation as a team that is unlikely to compete in the next two seasons anyway means they are less time sensitive to when those picks are delivered. Furthermore, while they still didn’t have much financial flexibility to improve this team this off-season, they figure to have significant flexibility in a couple off-seasons, when they’ll hopefully have a better pipeline of young talent from the extra picks acquired in their trade with the Rams and from their own picks, which seem likely to be high over the next two drafts, given the current state of this roster. The combination of financial flexibility and young talent could cause this team to shoot up in a couple years time, but that’s a long way off at this point.

In the meantime, the Lions will give Jared Goff, a former #1 overall pick, the chance to rehabilitate himself and prove he can be the Lions’ long-term solution at the position. However, his chances of doing so do not seem promising. Goff’s quarterback rating over the past four seasons is just three points behind Stafford’s, but he’s done that in Sean McVay’s quarterback friendly scheme with a lot more talent around him and he’s only ranked higher than Stafford on PFF once in those 4 seasons, with Stafford currently riding a streak of 5 straight seasons in the top-17 among quarterbacks on PFF, while Goff is coming off of a season in which he finished just 22nd.

It’s also worth noting that Goff ranked dead last among quarterbacks on PFF in 2016 in his only season without McVay and, while he was of course a rookie then, it’s concerning that the head coach who helped him out of his early career funk didn’t believe he was a quarterback that could get him all the way, to the point that he was willing to ship away two first round picks to find an upgrade. Goff probably won’t be quite as bad as he was in a rookie, but he’s in a tough situation with an inexperienced coaching staff and a severe lack of talent on this roster around him, on a transitioning/rebuilding team that looks to be playing for the #1 pick more than a playoff spot. I would imagine he would fall short of even his worst statistical season with the Rams.

The Lions are at least confident enough in him to not draft a quarterback at all, but they could say more about how they viewed the middle and late round quarterbacks in this draft than anything about Goff, who the Lions can’t realistically replace for at least a season and probably two. However, they do have a concerning backup quarterback situation and one they should address before the season begins. 

Former Packers backup Tim Boyle signed as a free agent this off-season, but he is a 2018 undrafted free agent who has thrown just 4 career passes as Aaron Rodgers’ clipboard holder, while holdover David Blough has been the third quarterback in Detroit over the past two seasons since the Lions signed him as an undrafted free agent in 2019 and his 64.0 QB rating in 5 career starts (all losses) leaves something to be desired. Both would be in a really tough situation if they had to see significant action and would likely struggle mightily with minimal supporting cast help.

Grade: B-

Receiving Corps

Goff won’t even have the benefit of a good receiving corps, which was the one unit that Stafford could count on throughout most of his tenure as the starter. Even last season, the Lions came into the season with a solid receiving corps, but their expected top-three wide receivers for 2020 (Kenny Golladay, Marvin Jones, and Danny Amendola) are no longer with the team, among others. Top wide receiver Golladay missed all but five games last season so his loss isn’t as big as it otherwise would have been, but even with Golladay missing most of the season, the Lions still saw a higher target market go out the door this off-season than any team in the league, with a whopping 64.1% of their targets vacated from a season ago. 

The Lions also didn’t do much to address the position this off-season, only taking a flyer on a couple veterans in free agency in Tyrell Williams and Breshad Perriman and not using a draft pick on a wide receiver until taking Amon-Ra St. Brown in the 4th round. Even as a 4th round rookie, St. Brown has a good chance to see playing time, as those three aforementioned players will compete with Quintez Cephez, a 2020 5th round pick and the lone noteworthy holdover, for roles in a very unsettled and underwhelming group.

Cephez only played 365 snaps as a rookie, even with Golladay missing much of the year, and even though he flashed potential with a solid 1.64 yards per route run average and could take a step forward in his second season in the league, the Lions still will likely enter the season with the veterans Perriman and Williams as their starters in two-wide receiver sets, with the less experienced Cephez and perhaps St. Brown seeing playing time in sub packages, though that could obviously change as the season goes on.

Tyrell Williams topped 1000 yards in 2016, serving as Philip Rivers’ top wide receiver in place of the injured Keenan Allen, totaling a 60/1059/7 slash line on the year with average of 1.87 yards per route run in the process, but he hasn’t been able to match that in three seasons since, averaging a 42/677/5 slash line from 2017-2019 with 1.46 yards per route run, before missing all of last season with an injury, leading to the Raiders releasing him 2 years into a 4-year, 44 million dollar contract. Williams is still relatively young, going into his age 29 season, and could get a significant target share on a team that lacks better options, so it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him improve on his recent season long numbers, but he’s unlikely to be an efficient target. 

Perriman, meanwhile, was a first round pick in 2015, but hasn’t come close to topping 1000 yards, maxing out with a 36/645/6 slash line in 2019. A massive bust with the Ravens, Perriman missed his entire rookie season with an ACL and, upon his return, he lasted just two more seasons in Baltimore and averaged just 1.06 yards per route run over those seasons before being let go. He’s been better over the past three seasons since leaving the Ravens, but it’s been largely by default, as his 1.56 yards per route run average is still underwhelming and he’s still never surpassed 651 snaps in a season.

Perriman also now on his 4th team in as many seasons, bouncing from the Browns to the Buccaneers to the Jets before signing in Detroit this off-season. His career 16.5 yards per catch average is impressive and he’s consistently among the league’s leaders in average depth of target, but he is best as a situational deep threat rather than a starter. In a very underwhelming position group, a starter is likely what he’ll have to be unless both of the Lions young receivers can step up in a big way.

Given all that the Lions have lost at wide receiver, they figure to focus much more on tight end TJ Hockensen. The 8th overall pick in the 2019 NFL Draft, Hockenson already took a big step forward from year one to year two, going from a 32/367/2 slash line to a 67/723/6 slash line and improving as a run blocker to finish 10th among tight ends on PFF in overall grade, but he could take another big leap forward in 2021. Not only does he have a clear path to a big target share, but he’s also a very high upside player who is going into his age 24 season and his new head coach Dan Campbell is a former tight end and tight ends coach himself, which should work to Hockenson’s advantage. The young Hockenson could easily be seen as one of the best all-around tight ends in the league by season’s end.

Hockenson will be backed up by veteran Darren Fells, a true backup who figures to not factor into this offense significantly unless Hockenson gets injured, in which case the Lions would be in big trouble. Neither an above average run blocker nor pass catcher throughout his career (123 catches in 102 career games), Fells’ 6-7 270 frame makes him a theoretical red zone threat, but his 21 career touchdowns aren’t impressive either. He’s also now heading into his age 35 season and could easily be a below average option, even as a #2 tight end. The Lions will need Hockenson to stay healthy to avoid a completely embarrassing receiving corps, as he is their only real playmaker of the bunch.

Grade: C+

Running Backs

To try to mask their issues in the passing game, the Lions figure to become more of a run heavy team than they’ve been in recent years, hiring a run heavy play caller in Anthony Lynn and adding ex-Packer Jamaal Williams in free agency to pair with 2020 2nd round pick D’Andre Swift in the backfield. Swift showed a lot of potential as a rookie, rushing for 4.57 YPC on 114 carries and adding a 46/357/2 slash line as the primary passing down back, but he didn’t take over as the clear feature back until midway through the season, even though the Lions’ other running backs Adrian Peterson and Kerryon Johnson averaged just 3.87 YPC on 156 carries and 3.48 YPC on 52 carries respectively.

Swift looked likely to continue to have a significantly larger role into his second season, after averaging 16 touches per game in his final 6 games of last season, but Williams’ addition on a 2-year, 6 million dollar deal complicates matters. Williams’ career 3.97 YPC is underwhelming, but he’s seen that jump to 4.27 YPC average on 226 carries combined over the past two seasons and he’s been even better than that suggests, ranking 7th in carry success rate at 53% in 2019 and 6th at 57% in 2020, while ranking 11th and 27th respectively among running backs on PFF and picking up 64.6% of his rushing yardage after contact.

Williams’ weakness is his lack of breakaway speed, as he has just 7 carries of 15+ yards over the past two seasons, but if anything that makes his YPC average more impressive, as he’s done it without busting the big runs, consistently helping his team move the chains between the tackles. He’s also a capable pass catcher as well. He and Swift figure to complement each other well, with Swift being a speedy back and Williams being a more powerful runner and both figure to see usage in the passing game as they look to make up for their lack of wide receiver talent, though Swift is definitely the better bet for a big receiving year. 

Overall, when you include catches, there should be enough touches for both backs to see significant usage, but the Lions may not get to use their running back duo as much as they would like if they are trailing frequently and the presence of both backs should prevent the other from producing too big of a statistical season. Still, this position group is one of their few obvious strengths and one they will have to lean on if they are going to move the ball consistently. 

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

In support of their new run heavy approach, the Lions used their 7th overall pick on Oregon offensive tackle Penei Sewell, passing on Heisman winner Devonta Smith, who could have stepped in instantly and been their #1 receiver. Sewell will take over at right tackle for the Lions and projects to be an above average starter long-term, even if he has some growing pains as a rookie. The Lions signed Halapoulivaati Vaitai to a 5-year, 45 million deal in free agency last off-season to be their right tackle, but he missed the start of the season, leaving swing tackle Tyrell Crosby to start in his absence, and, when Vaitai returned, he spent most of the year at guard, only moving over to right tackle when Crosby went down for the season in week 13. 

Vaitai is locked into a 9 million dollar guaranteed salary and Crosby was a capable starter last season, but both will have to play guard if they want to see action in 2021, barring injuries. Vaitai’s salary likely locks him into the right guard job, but his contract has looked like a mistake from the start and has only gotten worse since. A 5th round pick in 2016, Vaitai was never a regular starter with the Eagles and was never better than a capable spot starter in 20 starts over 4 seasons, but the Lions felt that justified paying him above average starter money. In his first season in Detroit, Vaitai wasn’t even an average starter, finishing slightly below average on PFF. He could be better in 2021, but he doesn’t seem to have the high upside the Lions are paying him like he has.

If Crosby remains a starter, it will likely be at left guard, but the Lions are reportedly shopping Crosby in trades and are likely to stick with 2020 3rd round pick Jonah Jackson as the starter. Jackson earned a below average grade as a rookie, but could be better in his second season in the league, though that’s not a guarantee and it’s arguable that Crosby would be a better option. If Crosby is not traded, he’ll likely remain in a depth role, which is what the 2018 5th round pick did in his first two seasons in the league, when he played just 527 snaps total, before making 11 starts in 2020.

Left tackle Taylor Decker and center Frank Ragniow remain as the Lions’ top-two offensive linemen and arguably the best two players on this whole roster. Both are former first round picks who have panned out, two of their rare recent smart draft choices, getting drafted in 2016 and 2018 respectively. Decker burst onto the scene by finishing 16th among offensive tackles on PFF as a rookie and has made 71 starts over the past five seasons, with five season long above average grades from PFF and three finishes in the top-18 at his position, including a career best 11th ranked finish in 2020.  

Raginow, meanwhile, has gotten better in every season of his career, earning a middling grade as a guard as a rookie before finishing 6th among centers in 2019 and 3rd among centers in 2020. Going into their age 27 season and age 25 respectively, both are still very much in the prime of their careers and I wouldn’t expect anything different from either of them this season. With Sewell being added to give this group a third talented first round pick, this is a solid group that should be improved over last season, but guard could be a bit of a problem, even if the Lions do have some intriguing options.

Grade: B+

Edge Defenders

While the Lions were actually a solid offensive team last season, ranking 10th in schedule adjusted first down rate at +1.37%, they were a horrendous defensive team, not only ranking dead last in first down rate allowed at +4.31%, but by a significant amount, with the 2nd worst team finishing at +3.05%. They were especially bad in coverage, allowing a 112.4 QB rating that would have been the second best in the league by a quarterback, meaning the Lions made the average passer they played last season look better than anyone with the exception of MVP Aaron Rodgers. 

The Lions almost definitely will be worse offensively this season, possibly by a significant amount, due to their downgrade at quarterback and the loss of most of their key pass catchers, so they will need to be better on defense if they’re even going to be competitive. Fortunately, defensive performance tends to be much less consistent year-to-year than offensive performance and it wouldn’t be hard for the Lions to be significantly better by default, given how bad they were last season. There are still a lot of concerns on this unit, but there are actually some reasons to be optimistic. 

One reason is they should be healthier, as not only did they have the 11th most adjusted games lost to injury on defense last season, but those injuries disproportionately affected their most important players. One of their most important players is defensive end Trey Flowers, who they gave a massive 5-year, 90 million dollar deal two off-seasons ago, a deal that guarantees him 54 million over the first three seasons, including 14.375 million for 2021. Flowers played well in the first year of that deal in 2019, finishing the season as PFF’s 20th ranked edge defender on 705 snaps, but was limited to just 309 snaps in 7 games in his second season in 2020. 

Flowers has never had a sack total that has jumped off the page, with his career high being just the 7.5 sacks he had in 2019, but he’s been better than that suggests, totaling 28 sacks, 55 hits, and a 12.7% pressure rate over the four seasons prior to last year’s injury plagued year, while playing at a high level against the run and finishing in the top-20 in overall grade among edge defenders on PFF in 3 of those 4 seasons. Only going into his age 28 season with just 4 games missed due to injury in 4 seasons prior to last, Flowers is a great bet to bounce back and, even if he isn’t quite as good as he was, he’ll still be a welcome re-addition for a Lions team that largely got poor edge defender play in Flowers’ absence and that totaled just 24 sacks on the season, 6th fewest in the NFL.

The one exception for the Lions at the edge defender position last season was Romeo Okwara, who broke out in Flowers’ absence, leading the team with 10 sacks, which really puts into context the lack of pass rush from the rest of this roster, which combined for just 14 sacks. Okwara didn’t just post a big sack total either, as he also added 9 hits, and a 14.4% pressure rate, earning him PFF’s 10th highest ranked edge defender pass rush grade. 

Okwara struggled mightily against the run, ranking 114th out of 124 eligible edge defenders on PFF, and is a complete one-year wonder as a pass rusher, entering last season with 10 sacks, 20 hits, and a 8.3% pressure rate in 67 games for his career, since going undrafted in 2016, so he could easily regress in 2021 and go back to being the middling player he was prior to last season. At the same time, he’s still very young, only in his age 26 season, and may have permanently turned a corner as a pass rusher. The Lions are betting on the latter, locking him up for 39 million over 3 years as a free agent this off-season, but that’s far from a guarantee.

Flowers and Okwara are locked in as the starters at edge defender, but depth is still a bit of a concern, as the Lions will likely be relying on young, unproven players. Julian Okwara is the other Okwara brother the Lions have and, while he saw just 69 snaps as a 3rd round rookie in a very thin position group in 2020, he still has the upside to develop long-term. Austin Bryant, meanwhile, is a 2019 4th round pick who has struggled on snap counts of 133 and 221 over his first two seasons in the league respectively. 

The Lions also signed former first round pick Charles Harris this off-season and, even though the 2017 1st round pick is still only heading into his age 26 season, it’s unlikely he has a sudden breakout and he’s not guaranteed to make this final roster, after totaling just 6.5 sacks, 19 hits, and a 9.1% pressure rate across 54 games in his first four seasons in the league. Both Bryant and Okwara have upside, but it’s very possible they struggle in extended action, so the Lions will have to hope that their starters can both stay healthy and play up to their potential in an otherwise thin position group. Flowers’ return should make this group better than they were a year ago by default, even if Romeo Okwara can’t repeat by far the best pass rushing season of his career, but there are still concerns.

Grade: B-

Interior Defenders

The Lions also should be better at defensive tackle this season, as they added veteran Michael Brockers in a trade, used 2nd and 3rd round picks on the position, taking Washington’s Levi Onwuzurike and NC State’s Alim McNeill, and could get a healthier season from holdover Da’Shawn Hand, who was limited to 353 snaps in 10 games last season. Holdovers Nick Williams and John Penisini remain as well, after playing 537 snaps and 576 snaps respectively last season, but Williams struggled and had to take a pay cut down from 5 million to about the league minimum and is not guaranteed a significant role, while Penisini was even worse last season, finishing 130th among 139 eligible interior defenders on PFF on 576 snaps, unsurprising given that was a 6th round rookie. He will likely have to earn any playing time he gets in a deeper group in his second season in the league.

Brockers is the only one likely locked into a starting role, as the Lions gave him a new 3-year, 24 million dollar deal as part of that trade, to acquire a player who has consistently been a solid starter since entering the league in 2012 (136 starts in 138 games). Brockers has always been a solid run stuffer and he hasn’t been a terrible pass rusher either, totaling 28 sacks, 42 hits, and a 5.9% pressure rate for his career, but he’s going into his age 31 season and there is some concern he is on the decline, earning the worst run stuffing grade from PFF of any single season in his career in 2020 and the worst overall grade for a season since his 2nd season in the league. He could remain a capable starter, but he doesn’t have a high upside and there is significant downside with him if his abilities fall off noticeably. 

As I mentioned, holdover Da’Shawn Hand should see playing time if healthy, but that’s becoming a big if. Not only did he miss significant time with injury last season, but the 2018 4th round pick has missed 22 of a possible 48 games in 3 seasons in the league, maxing out at 13 games played in 2018 and playing just 918 snaps across his three seasons in the league. Hand is a former five star recruit who showed a lot of potential as a rookie on 455 snaps, particularly flashing against the run, but also impressing as a pass rusher. 

However, he hasn’t been able to live up to that due to all of the injuries he’s dealt with since and it’s possible at this point that he either remains injury prone for the rest of his career and/or that all of his injuries have diminished him and he’ll never show the potential he showed as a rookie. In total, he has 3 sacks and a 6.4% pressure rate in his career and is a solid run stopper, but he’s been noticeably worse over the past two seasons and might not turn it around in 2021. This group should be better by default in 2021, but it still lacks high end talent and will be relying on two rookies for key snaps.

Grade: C+

Linebackers

At linebacker, the Lions have replaced outgoing free agents Reggie Ragland and Jarrad Davis with 4th round rookie Derrick Barnes and free agent acquisition Alex Anzalone, but that might not make a noticeable difference and there are still concerns for the Lions at a position group that was also a weakness last season. The Lions will be counting on better years from top holdovers Jamie Collins and Jahlani Tavai, who led this group with 829 snaps and 624 snaps played respectively last season and will likely see similar snap counts in 2021.

The Lions made a big investment in Collins last off-season, signing him to a 3-year, 30 million dollar deal after he finished the 2019 season as PFF’s 13th ranked off ball linebacker as a member of the New England Patriots. However, Collins once again proved incapable of repeating that level of play away from Bill Belichick and company, falling to 28th among off ball linebackers on PFF, similar to how he went from 6th and 8th ranked finishes with the Patriots in 2014 and 2015 to earning middling at best grades from 2016-2018 with the Browns, before returning to New England and picking up where he left off in 2019. Collins is also going into his age 32 season in 2021 so, while he could remain a solid starter in an every down role, he comes with considerable downside and his best days are almost definitely behind him.

The Lions also made a pretty big investment in Tavai, selecting him in the 2nd round in 2019, but he has yet to develop. He’s played an average of just 39.4 snaps per game in his career as primarily a base package linebacker who comes off the field in sub packages and, while he wasn’t bad in 2019 as a rookie, his play significantly fell off in his 2nd season, especially in coverage, where he had the 2nd worst QB rating allowed of any linebacker in the league, allowing 10.1 yards per target and 3 touchdowns while never even getting his hands on a pass. Also struggling against the run, Tavai finished last season 96th among 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF and was a big part of the problem for this league worst defense.

Tavai will face significant competition for playing time from Anzalone, who is a significant upgrade in coverage. However, Anzalone also struggled against the run throughout his 4 seasons with the Saints, who selected him in the 3rd round in 2017, and he has serious durability concerns, missing 26 of 64 possible games in his career and never topping 525 snaps in a season. He should see at least a sub package role and has the opportunity to set a new career high in snaps per game and snaps for a season if he can stay relatively healthy in a thin position group, but his durability issues date back to his collegiate days, so there is plenty of reason to expect him to miss at least some time. The rookie Barnes may factor into this group down the stretch, but it’s unclear how much of a positive impact he can make as a rookie, so this is still a questionable group.

Grade: C+

Secondary

The Lions used three safeties together in sub packages last season quite often, to try to mask their lack of depth at linebacker, but that isn’t as likely this season because the Lions are much thinner at safety. The Lions let veteran Duron Harmon go this off-season even though he was both their leader in snaps played at safety with 1,102 and also their only safety to earn even an average grade from PFF and, not only did they not replace him, but they also let Jayron Kearse, who played 503 snaps, leave as well. 

Kearse struggled last season like rest of the Lions’ other safeties, but without him and Harmon the Lions are left with a shaky starting duo of Will Harris and Tracy Walker and lack any proven depth behind them, with 2019 undrafted free agent CJ Moore and his 81 career snaps possibly to be the first one off the bench in case of injury. Both Walker and Harris are recent third round picks, drafted in 2018 and 2019 respectively, so they both have upside, but they both come with a lot of downside. 

Walker would seem to have the most potential as he flashed a lot of promise on 268 snaps as a rookie before finishing 26th among safeties on PFF in 843 snaps in his second season in the league in 2019, but he saw that rank fall all the way to 86th out of 99 eligible on 755 snaps last season, leaving a once promising once safety with a less certain future. He has bounce back potential, but that’s not a guarantee. 

Harris, meanwhile, finished 84th among 98 eligible safeties on PFF across 668 snaps as a rookie in 2019 and last season found himself largely buried on the depth chart, playing the 4th most snaps by a Lions defense with 312, despite staying healthy for all 16 games. He also didn’t seem to be noticeably better than his rookie year, even in a lesser role. The Lions are really putting a lot of faith in two inconsistent at best young players as season long starters at a position with very suspect depth.

Things aren’t much better at cornerback, where the Lions didn’t have a single player exceed 60 snaps and earn even an average grade from PFF for the season. The Lions cleared out disappointing veterans Desmond Trufant, Justin Coleman, and Darryl Roberts, who all struggled across 324 snaps, 470 snaps, and 469 snaps respectively last season, and replaced them with veteran free agent additions Quinton Dunbar and Corn Elder and 3rd round draft pick Ifeatu Melifonwu, but there is still a lot of uncertainty in this group.

Melifonwu has the tools to develop into a starter long-term, but he enters the league very raw, so Dunbar is definitely the more intriguing short-term addition. Dunbar’s contract season went about as bad as it could have gone, as, shortly after he was sent to the Seahawks for a 5th round pick for demanding a massive extension ahead of the final year of his contract, Dunbar was arrested and, while the charges were eventually dropped before he missed any game time with suspension, things did not get better from there, as Dunbar was dealt with injuries all season that caused him to finish the year ranked 119th among 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF and ended his season after just 397 snaps in 6 games. 

Dunbar was arguably justified in asking for big money last off-season, following a shockingly dominant 2019 campaign in which he finished as PFF’s 3rd ranked cornerback, but his contract year was so bad that Dunbar had to settle for a one-year deal worth just 1.1275 million this off-season. Dunbar could prove to be a steal for the Lions, but even in that 2019 season, Dunbar was limited to 613 snaps in 11 games by injury, which has been a key issue for him throughout his career. 

In total, the 2015 undrafted free agent has missed a third of his games, 32 of his 96, since entering the league 6 seasons ago and 2019 was the only season in his career where he even topped 397 snaps in a season, as largely a middling depth cornerback aside from 2019. Dunbar is still theoretically in the prime of his career in his age 29 season, but he is a former undrafted free agent with durability issues and his 2019 campaign will almost definitely go down as a complete fluke. 

Dunbar’s primary competition for a starting job will likely be Amani Oruwariye, who made 15 starts for this team in 2020, but finished 108th among 136 eligible cornerbacks on PFF. He showed a lot more promise as a 5th round rookie in 2019, but that was across just 215 snaps, so it’s not a guarantee he ever develops into a capable starter. Dunbar likely is the higher upside option, for at least as long as he can stay healthy, and should be considered the favorite to win that competition.

If Dunbar wins the starting job, he will start opposite another cornerback the Lions are hoping will bounce back in 2021, Jeff Okudah, a high potential cornerback who the Lions selected 3rd overall in the 2020 NFL Draft, only to watch him finish his rookie season as PFF’s 125th ranked cornerback among 136 eligible in an injury plagued season that was heavily affected by injuries that limited him to 460 snaps total on the season. It’s not hard to see how Okudah could be a lot better in 2021 and beyond, but the rough start to his career makes him a much shakier long-term projection than he looked a year ago, when he was seen by most as the top defender in the draft class outside of Chase Young.

Dunbar, Okudah, Oruwariye, and even Melifonwu are all best as outside cornerbacks, so slot specialist Corn Elder is likely to be the #3 cornerback regardless of how the snaps are broken out outside. A 4th round pick in 2017, Elder played just 63 total defensive snaps across his first 3 seasons in the league, but injuries were a big part of the problem and in a much healthier 2020 season, he played 411 snaps and showed potential in the first significant action of his career, almost all of which came on the slot. 

Elder should play that same role in Detroit and could easily set a career high in snaps if he can continue to stay healthy, though that’s far from a guarantee. Very little is guaranteed in this group, but there is at least the upside for this group to be noticeably improved over last year’s disaster. Still, when you add in the Lions shaky starting duo and lack of depth at safety, you get a secondary that still enters the season as one of the worst in the league on paper.

Grade: C+

Kicker/Punter

The Lions had above average special teams overall last season, but their kicker was an obvious weakness, as the two special teams aspects in which they finished below average in DVOA were place kicking and kickoffs. Matt Prater was the kicker all year, but was just 38/41 on extra points and 21/28 on field goals and struggled so much on kickoffs that he was replaced by punter Jack Fox, who was arguably worse. Prater is no longer with the team, replaced by Randy Bullock, who is experienced with kickoffs and will probably take over those duties from Fox.

Bullock has been a capable kickoff specialist in his career and it would be hard for him to be worse than Prater on field goals, but Bullock is an underwhelming kicker overall. His career 83.2% field goal percentage doesn’t look bad, but he’s just 48.0% from beyond 50 yards (12 of 25) and is arguably coming off of his worst season, finishing with a 80.8% field goal percentage that was his worst since his first season as a starter in 2013, losing his starting job in Cincinnati, and ending the season as PFF’s 30th ranked kicker out of 36 eligible, before being let go this off-season. He’s not a bad option, but he’s unlikely to be a major upgrade.

Punter Jack Fox remains after a much better 2020 campaign, in which he finished #1 among punters on PFF and ranked 3rd with 4.55 seconds of hangtime. The 2019 undrafted free agent had never attempted a punt in the NFL prior to last season and is not a guarantee to be as good as he was last season, but he has a bright future and I would expect him to remain at least an above average starter even if he can’t remain his dominant 2020 season. He struggled on kickoffs, but he shouldn’t have to handle those this season with Bullock at least likely to be an upgrade in that aspect.

Grade: B+

Return Specialists

Jamal Agnew had a solid season as both the Lions’ kickoff and punt return specialist in 2020, averaging 28.0 yards per on 28 kickoff returns and 12.7 yards per on 14 punt returns, but he is no longer with the team, so the Lions might not get as much production from the return game in 2021. Free agent addition Kalif Raymond is experienced, with 53 kickoff returns and 56 punt returns in five seasons in the league, but his averages of 20.5 yards per kickoff return and 8.3 yards per punt return respectively are a bit underwhelming. 

Raymond will likely win both return jobs by default though, as the only other player on the roster with experience as a returner being Victor Bolden, who has just a 21.3 career average on 24 kickoff returns, hasn’t returned one since 2018, and is unlikely to make this roster for reasons other than special teams. Raymond is very unlikely to be an upgrade on Agnew, but if he continues getting good play around him, he might not be a significant downgrade either.

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

Unfortunately, there is a good chance the Lions won’t continue getting as good of play from the rest of the bunch, as three of their four highest ranked special teamers last season, Miles Killebrew (353 snaps), Jesse James (170 snaps), and Christian Jones (158 snaps) are no longer with the team. All three finished in the top-100 among special teamers on PFF, with Killebrew and Jones leading the way ranked 15th and 21st respectively. The Lions did add four free agents with special teams experience this off-season, but they are a mixed bag. 

Alijah Holder played 174 snaps last season, but was nondescript and is otherwise inexperienced on special teams. Alex Anzalone was capable across 179 snaps last season, but had never played that many in a season and could see that decrease if he goes back to playing more regularly on defense. Shaun Dion Hamilton has averaged 272 snaps per season over the past three seasons, but has only been a middling option. Dean Marlowe is the best of the bunch, playing 294 snaps per season over the past three seasons and playing at a high level, including a 33rd ranked finish among special teamers on PFF in 2020.

Those off-season additions should see significant roles on this special teams unit along with some holdovers. Jason Cabinda (274 snaps) is by far their best returning holdover, finishing 49th among special teamers on PFF in 2020, but he’s just a one-year wonder in terms of playing at the level he played at last season. Jalen Reeves-Maybin led this group with 370 snaps played, finished above average, and has been better in the past. However, fellow holdovers Will Harris (252 snaps), CJ Moore (227 snaps), and Mike Ford (154 snaps) have never been better than middling and have also struggled in the past. Cabinda, Thomas, and Reeves-Maybin will lead a group that might not be that bad, but they figure to be significantly worse than a year ago.

Grade: B-

Conclusion

Most teams have at least something to feel confident in going into the season, but the Lions are one of the few teams in the league who figure to almost definitely be below average on both sides of the ball. Perhaps their league worst defense will be a few spots improved over last year’s group, but the decline of this offense will likely be greater than any improvement by their defense, a huge problem for a team that already finished 29th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential last season. 

Additionally, while the three teams who ranked below them, the Jaguars, Jets, and Bengals, have exciting young quarterbacks who were selected in the top-2 picks of the past two drafts and could be significantly better in 2021, while the Lions figure to be worse and have yet to even attempt to find a long-term signal caller and instead will commit 51.8 million to subpar veteran Jared Goff over the next two seasons. 

If there is a plan that results in this team rising back into playoff contention and possibly finally going beyond that, it’s at least 2-3 years out, after this team finds a long-term franchise quarterback on a cheap rookie deal that will give them the flexibility to build around him, once other veteran contracts have come off their books, and that’s assuming the Lions draft better than they have in recent drafts and are able to give this roster the infusion of talented youngsters it needs with their upcoming draft capital.

In the meantime will be a team that is neither competitive in the short-term nor full of intriguing young long-term prospects. Perhaps the Lions will be able to find their franchise quarterback in next year’s draft after a 2021 season that is likely to result in a high draft pick, perhaps the #1 overall, though it’s worth noting next year’s quarterback class figures to be a significant dropoff from this past year’s. Still, bottoming out and getting a high pick would probably be the best outcome this season for this team, as winning a few games will only set their rebuild back, but even bottoming out isn’t a guaranteed outcome, as they have enough talent that they could pull a few upsets and end up outside of the top few picks. I will have a final prediction for the Lions at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: Special teams play is more predictive than I thought, but that won’t be much help for the Lions, who figure to be significantly worse in that aspect in 2021, as compared to 2020.

9/4/21 Update: The Lions are likely to be one of the worst teams in the league in 2021.

Prediction: 2-15 4th in NFC North

Tennessee Titans 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

Prior to a couple of seasons ago, the Titans had not been known for their offense in recent memory, as they went almost two decades without a top-10 finish in first down rate for a season. That changed in 2019, when they finished 9th, and more specifically the change was when the Titans inserted veteran quarterback Ryan Tannehill into the starting lineup, replacing inconsistent and injury prone former #2 overall pick Marcus Mariota midway through a week 6 loss. Tannehill kept the job the rest of the way, a stretch that saw the Titans rebound from a 2-4 start to go 7-3 in their final 10 regular season games to make the post-season at 9-7, where they pulled a pair of upsets on the road en route to a surprising AFC Championship appearance.

Tannehill was not the only reason for the Titans success during that stretch and I will get into that more later, but he was a clear upgrade at quarterback and allowed an otherwise talented offense to shine. PFF’s top ranked quarterback, Tannehill finished the 2019 regular season with a 117.5 QB rating that also led the NFL, completing 70.3% of his passes for an average of 9.59 YPA, 22 touchdowns, and 6 interceptions and, while his playoff numbers were underwhelming, as he completed just 36 of 60 for 369 yards, 5 touchdowns, and 1 interception in 3 games, the Titans still decided to lock Tannehill up long-term as a free agent last off-season, signing him a 4-year, 118 million dollar deal that functionally guarantees him 91 million through 3 seasons.

As surprising as the Titans’ AFC Championship run was, it was an even more surprising turn of events for Tannehill. In seven seasons in Miami after being selected 8th overall in 2012, Tannehill never posted higher than a 93.5 QB rating or ranked higher than 9th on PFF for a season, and he was especially disappointing at the end of his tenure, missing 24 games with injury in his final 3 seasons and finishing dead last on PFF among 39th eligible quarterbacks in his final season with the team in 2018. That led to Tannehill having to take a pay cut down to 7 million plus incentives for the 2019 season, with the Dolphins paying 5 million of that just to get the Titans to take him off their hands for a mid round pick. A year later, the Titans were guaranteeing him 91 million and, as crazy as it sounds, it was an understandable decision at the time.

It was also a decision that largely paid off in year one, as Tannehill continued to play at a high level, ranking 6th among quarterbacks on PFF, completing 65.5% of his passes for an average of 7.94 YPA, 33 touchdowns, and 7 interceptions (106.5 QB rating) and leading an offense that was improved even from 2019, with Tannehill now the season long starter, as they ranking 8th in the NFL in first down rate over expected. Unfortunately, while the Titans did exceed 2019’s win total as well in a 11-5 season, they did not exceed their playoff performance, falling short at home in the first round.

Tannehill again struggled in the playoff game, completing 18 of 32 for 165 yards, 1 touchdown, and 1 interception, which is starting to become a worrying theme for a quarterback making significant money, but the bigger problem for the Titans last season was their defense, which was almost the polar opposite of their offense, ranking 30th in first down rate allowed over expected, leading to the Titans ranking just 24th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at -1.31%, despite their record. 

Normally teams with strong offenses and weak defenses can expect their defense to improve more than their offense declines the following season, leading to overall improvement, but the Titans are starting from a lower base point than their 2019 record suggests. Not only did the Titans benefit from a 7-2 record in one-score games last season, but they also had a league leading +11 turnover margin, which is one of the least predictive team stats from year-to-year, and they faced one of the easiest schedules in the league as well.

On top of that, there are reasons to be considered with Tannehill and this offense. Tannehill’s contract may have been justifiable, but it was part of the reason why the Titans lacked financial flexibility this off-season, which caused the Titans to lose four players this off-season who started week one for them on offense in 2020. In addition, the Titans lost offensive coordinator Arthur Smith to the Falcons and his ascension to the Titans’ offensive coordinator job two off-seasons ago coincided with this team’s rise and Ryan Tannehill’s improvement. The Titans are also highly reliant on running back Derrick Henry, arguably even more so than Tannehill, despite Tannehill’s impressive statistical production and, while Henry is clearly one of the best runners of the football in the league, rushing production tends to be much less consistent year-to-year than passing production, which I will get into more later.

All of this is especially a concern because, as well as Tannehill has played over the past two seasons, he still has a significantly longer history of struggling in Miami with lesser supporting casts and coaching. If the Titans can’t be as good around the quarterback or as well coordinated as they have been over the past two seasons, the effects of that could compound with Tannehill’s play dropping off significantly, as well as the play of his supporting cast. If the Titans can’t be noticeably improved on defense, they could have a tough time even topping .500 in 2021.

One particular concern for this Titans offense is their lack of a proven backup quarterback with Logan Woodside, who has just 3 career pass attempts since being drafted in the 7th round in 2018, and Deshone Kizer, last seen as the primary starting quarterback of the 0-16 Browns, currently being their only other quarterbacks on the roster. The Titans were lucky in general last year with injuries, with the 6th fewest adjusted games lost to injury, but they were also the only team in the league whose starting quarterback and featured running back(s) didn’t miss any time due to injury, something that could easily not repeat itself in 2021, which would especially comprise this team’s chances to win games. Even if Tannehill doesn’t play as well as he has the past two seasons, the Titans badly need him to continue to stay healthy and not revert to his injury prone days from the end of his tenure in Miami.

Grade: B+

Running Backs

As I mentioned, as well as Ryan Tannehill has played over the past two seasons, this offense has been very reliant on running back Derrick Henry playing at a high level. Not only has Henry produced at a high level himself, but the threat of him carrying the ball has led to the Titans having one of the best play action passing games in the league, as Tannehill ranked 3rd in the NFL in 2019 with an increase of 5.7 YPA on play action plays vs. non-play action plays and then ranked 6th in 2020 with an increase of 2.8 YPA.

A second round pick in 2016, Henry didn’t make a huge impact in his first two seasons in the league, rushing for 490 yards and 5 touchdowns touchdowns on 110 carries (4.45 YPC) as a rookie and then 744 yards and 5 touchdowns on 176 carries (4.23 YPC) as a sophomore, but he broke out in his third season in year, rushing for 1,059 yards and 12 touchdowns on 215 carries (4.93 YPC) and he has continued to improve his rushing totals in every season since, rushing for 1,540 yards and 16 touchdowns on 303 carries (5.08 YPC) in 2019 and then rushing for 2,027 yards and 17 touchdowns on 378 carries (5.36 YPC) in 2020, becoming just the 8th running back to surpass 2000 rushing yards in a season. He also finished as PFF’s #1 ranked running back in rushing grade last season, his 3rd straight season in the top-10 at his position.

In Henry’s breakout third season in 2018, he began the season with more of the same from his first two seasons, rushing for 300 yards and 2 touchdowns on 90 carries (3.33 YPC) in the first 8 games of the season, before exploding for 759 yards and 10 touchdowns on 125 carries (6.07 YPC) in the final 8 games of the season. He has continued that trend in 2019 and 2020 as well, rushing for 3.85 YPC on 151 carries in the first 8 games in 2019, followed by 6.31 YPC on 152 carries in the final 8 games, and then in 2020, rushing for 4.63 YPC on 182 carries in the first 8 games in 2019, followed by 6.03 YPC on 196 carries in the final 8 games. A uniquely bruising running back at 6-3 247, Henry seems to get noticeably better as defenses get tired as seasons go on, averaging over 6 yards per carry in the second half of each of the past three seasons.

All of this being said, there is concern that Henry won’t be able to keep this up. Running backs are notoriously injury prone as a position group, but beyond that, running game production also tends to be much more inconsistent on a year-to-year basis than passing game production. In fact, there is almost no history of a running back producing like Henry did last season and then repeating it the following season. Of the 22 running backs ever to rush for more than 1,700 yards in a season, only 7 of them ever surpassed that total again in their career, only one of them repeated it a third time, only 3 surpassed that total again the following season, and only 2 improved their rushing total.

In total those 22 running backs rushed for an average of 1,867 yards on 367 carries (5.09 YPC) and 15 touchdowns in 30 total seasons with more than 1,700 rushing yards, but the following season, they saw their YPC fall by 13.9%, their carries fall by 23.7%, their rushing yards fall by 34.3%, and their rushing touchdowns fall by a whopping 41.8%. Applying those percentages to Henry’s 2020 production gets 1,332 rushing yards and 10 touchdowns on 288 carries (4.62 YPC), which are good totals and he’ll get a 17th game to add to them this season, but if Henry is only good instead of incredible, it’s not hard to see how this offense could fall significantly, especially given the other losses they have on this offense. He could especially struggle by his standards early in the season, like he has over the past three seasons, before turning it up in the second half of the season again.

The worst case scenario would obviously be a Henry injury, especially because they lack a proven backup behind him. The Titans used a 3rd round pick in 2020 on Darrynton Evans to be that backup and it’s possible he still could develop into that, but he barely played as a rookie, seeing just 16 touches on 33 carries. Instead, it was veteran journeyman Jeremy McNichols who ranked 2nd on this team with 271 snaps by a running back, primarily spelling Henry in passing situations, where Henry notoriously struggles (his 19 career catches in 2020 were a career back). Despite being a passing down back specialist, he really struggled in that aspect of the game as well, averaging just 0.36 yards per route run and 3.24 yards per target. 

McNichols didn’t do much as a runner either, averaging 4.34 YPC on 47 carries. McNichols remains on the roster and could remain in his backup role, but the 2017 5th round pick bounced around 7 teams in his first 3 seasons in the league and managed just 2 carries over that span, so he really doesn’t have much of a track record at all. The Titans are almost definitely hoping Evans can show more in year two and beat McNichols out for the passing down specialist role. Either way, neither back figures to see more than a few carries per game and the Titans would be in trouble regardless of which one would be the lead back in Henry’s absence.

Grade: A

Receiving Corps

Note: This was written before the Julio Jones trade, which I get into in the conclusion.

The group on this offense that lost the most this off-season is the receiving corps, which saw 4 of its top-6 in receiving yards leave this off-season, including #2 wide receiver Corey Davis, starting tight end Jonnu Smith, and week one starting slot receiver Adam Humphries, who was ultimately limited to just 7 games by injuries that led to his release this off-season. The Titans also did very little to replace them, only signing middling veteran Josh Reynolds in free agency and adding a pair of draft picks in the 4th and 6th round. #1 receiver AJ Brown remains and Reynolds is expected to start opposite him, but he may be overmatched in a #2 receiver role and the Titans will need at least one other unproven young player to step up as the 3rd receiver.

Brown should benefit from the losses around him in this receiving corps by seeing more balls come his way, which should benefit a player who has averaged a league leading 2.66 yards per route run and and a league leading 11.1 yards per target since entering the league two off-seasons ago as a second round rookie, but he also figures to see a lot more frequent double teams without another consistent option in this passing game to take away coverage, which will almost definitely hurt his efficiency. Now in his third season in the league, Brown still looks likely to have the best statistical year of his career due to the lack of other targets in the passing game, but he’s also unlikely to be as efficient, which figures to hurt this offense as a whole.

Reynolds, meanwhile, was never more than the #3 or #4 receiver with the Rams in the first four seasons of his career, after being drafted in the 4th round in 2017. His 52/618/2 slash line from last season was a career high, but even still his 1.26 yards per route run average was unimpressive and only a minor improvement over his 1.19 career yards per route run average. Reynolds should get more opportunity than he ever has before (his career high is 81 targets), even on a Titans team that figures to be run heavy once again, but he’s likely to be overmatched as a #2 receiver and even if he does post decent receiving totals, he probably won’t be very efficient.

As for the #3 receiver role, the Titans don’t have a clear option. Cameron Batson is their top returning receiver behind AJ Brown, but he had just a 12/100/1 slash line and has averaged just 0.69 yards per route run for his career since going undrafted in 2018. 2020 undrafted free agent Nick Westbrook-Ikhine was even less productive last season, catching just 3 passes and averaging 0.52 yards per route run. The Titans signed veteran Chester Rogers in free agency, but he averaged just 1.04 yards per route run in 4 seasons with the Colts from 2016-2019 and was out of the league entirely in 2020. Unless one of their rookies, 4th rounder Dez Fitzpatrick or 6th rounder Racey McMath, can step up in a big way, the Titans have a very thin wide receiver group.

Tight end Jonnu Smith is also gone and, while his 41/448/8 slash line from 2020 is both underwhelming and a career high, he has been better than that suggests, averaging 1.64 yards per route run and 8.14 yards per target over the past two seasons. His raw totals are the result of splitting time with other tight ends and of being asked to block on 61.1% of his snaps over that stretch, both in the run game in this run-heavy offense and as a pass protector as well. The Titans did not replace him in free agency and will instead rely on bigger roles from the two tight ends that Smith was rotating with.

Geoff Swaim is a blocking specialist who has just 57 career catches in 53 games, so the majority of tight end targets figure to go to Anthony Firkser, a 2017 undrafted free agent who has flashed potential over the past three seasons, but is a projection to a larger role. He’s never run more than 232 routes in a season, but he has a career 1.69 yards per route run average as a rotational tight end, so he does have obvious upside. 

Whether or not Firkser can translate that into a larger role is a question though, as is his run blocking, so, even though the Titans have still other tight ends, the Titans will still miss Jonnu Smith, their most complete and productive tight end. That is especially true when you consider how thin the Titans are at wide receiver as well. Outside of AJ Brown, who figures to see frequent double teams, the Titans really are lacking for consistent, proven pass catching options.

Grade: B

Offensive Line

The Titans also lost right tackle Dennis Kelly this off-season, the second straight off-season they lost their starting right tackle. Jack Conklin last off-season was a bigger loss because he was a better player, but the Titans look likely to start unproven second round rookie this season Dillon Radunz in place of Kelly, who last season was a solid starter in place of Conklin. Originally, Kelly wasn’t supposed to be the replacement for Conklin, as the Titans used their first round pick last year on an offensive tackle in Isaiah Wilson, but Wilson proved to be one of the bigger draft busts in recent memory. 

Not only did Wilson lose to journeyman backup Dennis Kelly in the starting right tackle competition, but he didn’t impress the coaching staff enough to get on the field even as the Titans also lost their first and second string left tackles to injury and he caused enough headaches off the field for the Titans to send him to the Dolphins for a late round pick this off-season. That proved to be a relatively smart move, as Wilson never reported to the Dolphins and was released for nothing a couple weeks later.


If the Titans don’t want to start the rookie Radunz to begin the season, their options are limited to swing tackle types in Ty Sambrailo, David Quessenberry, and Kendall Lamm. Sambrailo was a 2nd round pick of the Broncos back in 2015, but the 5 starts he made last season when left tackle Taylor Lewan went down for the season were a career high and he was underwhelming, as he has been throughout his career. 

Sambrailo also suffered a season ending injury of his own, leaving David Quessenberry to make the first 6 starts of his career in his absence and he was underwhelming as well, in his first extended playing experience. A 6th round pick in 2013, Quessenberry’s career was put on hold for several years due to cancer treatments, but, as impressive as his journey and ascension to the starting lineup last season is, he’s already heading into his age 31 season and would be an underwhelming season long starting option. 

Kendall Lamm was added to the mix in free agency, after spending the past two seasons as a swing tackle with the Browns. Lamm made 13 starts for the Texans in 2018, but was underwhelming and has otherwise made just 14 starts in his other five seasons in the league. If any of the Titans’ veterans have to start at right tackle, it would be a bad sign for the rookie and it would likely make right tackle a position of weakness, which could be the case even if Radunz wins the job, although he’d obviously give them the highest upside of their options.

Fortunately, the Titans will benefit from getting left tackle Taylor Lewan back after he was limited to just 237 snaps in 5 games last season. Lewan is coming off of a major injury and is now heading into his age 30 season, but he’s been an above average starting left tackle for this team since the Titans selected him in the first round in 2014, making 85 starts over that stretch and maxing out as PFF’s 3rd ranked offensive tackle in 2016. 

Lewan did show some signs of slowing down even before the injury and, though that was in a small sample size, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him play less than his best in his return. Lewan has also missed time with injury in five of seven seasons in the league. Even still, the Titans will take it compared to last season, as, even at less than his best, Lewan should still be a solid starter at one of the game’s most important positions and should be expected to play at least most of the season. Whoever loses the right tackle battle will also provide depth on the left side and would step in if needed, so the Titans don’t have terrible depth.

On the interior, the Titans return all three starters, left tackle Rodger Saffold, center Ben Jones, and right guard Nate Davis, but there are concerns with Saffold heading into his age 33 season, Jones heading into his age 32 season, and with the trio missing just one game between them last season, something that might not continue into 2021. Saffold and Jones still played well last season, ranking 16th among guards and 4th among centers on PFF respectively, but they could easily regress this season, given their ages. They also are both on streaks of 5 straight seasons and 9 straight seasons respectively where they have started at last 15 games and earned an above average grade from PFF, but I would bet against them both doing so this season, as it’s likely at least one of them will significantly decline and/or get hurt.

Davis is much younger than Saffold and Jones, going into just his third season in the league since being selected in the 3rd round by the Titans in 2019. Davis might not be as good as he was last season either though. His 18th ranked finish among guards on PFF well exceeded his rookie rank of 81st out of 82 eligible (in 12 starts), so it’s possible he regresses a little, but he also may have turned a corner as a player and will continue developing into an above average starter, after being overmatched as a rookie. Overall, this offensive line has more questions going into the season than they have had the past few seasons, but the return of left tackle Taylor Lewan will obviously benefit them and it’s possible they could be an above average unit if they can stay relatively healthy.

Grade: B

Edge Defenders

While the Titans had problems last season throughout their defense, which was one of the worst in the league, nowhere did they have a bigger problem than their pass rush, specifically their edge rush. The Titans had the third fewest sacks in the league last season with 19 and, aside from Harold Landry and his 5.5 sacks, they didn’t have a single edge rusher with more than a single sack last season. 

That was a massive disappointment for a team that made big investments in the position last off-season, signing Jadevon Clowney to a 1-year, 13 million dollar deal and Vic Beasley to a 1-year, 9.5 million dollar deal, only to watch neither of them manage a sack all season or to finish the season healthy with the team, with Beasley being released midway through the season after being benched and Clowney going on injured reserve after week 10, before signing with the Browns on another one-year deal in free agency this off-season.

With limited financial flexibility, in part due to the big contract they gave Tannehill last off-season, it didn’t seem like the Titans would be able to make the same kind of financial investment at the position this off-season and instead would have to address the position in the draft, but the Titans released players at other positions, most notably cornerback, to free up the money to sign Steelers edge defender Bud Dupree to a 5-year, 82.5 million dollar deal that guarantees him 34 million over the next two seasons. The Titans then used that first round pick on a cornerback, as well as a third round pick, and I will get into all of that in the cornerback section, but it’s very possible that Dupree will not prove to be worth what the Titans paid him and that the team will be worse off for having cut salary at other positions to hand him a big contract.

A first round pick in 2015, Dupree looked like a bust in his first four seasons in the league, with 20 sacks, 12 hits, and a 9.4% pressure rate in 54 games and unremarkable play against the run and, while he broke out with a 11.5-sack season in 2019, his peripheral pass rush stats were not as impressive, as he totaled 9 hits and just a 9.4% pressure rate, suggesting his sack total was more the product of playing on a talented defense with disruptive players all around him. 

Dupree played the run well in 2019 though and overall finished 24th among edge defenders on PFF, but that was an obvious outlier in his career, so the Steelers franchise tagged him for 2020 rather than giving him a long-term extension, making Dupree prove it again. He did not, finishing with 8 sacks, 10 hits, a 11.8% pressure rate, and a middling grade from PFF, before tearing his ACL in December. It seemed like all that would hurt his stock significantly in free agency, but it did not, with the Titans handing out a contract that looks even worse when compared with the cold markets most free agents were met with in a reduced cap year. A player who has never posted an impressive sack total without dominant players around him and who has a concerning injury history, Dupree is the prototype of an edge defender that winds up not being worth his contract.

Dupree will start opposite Harold Landry, who was the only edge defender who did anything beneficial for this team last season. Landry was only a middling edge defender, earning a middling grade from PFF and totaling 5.5 sacks, 10 hits, and a 9.3% pressure rate, but that was better than the rest of the position group. That is also in line with what we’ve seen from him in 3 seasons in the league since being selected in the 2nd round in 2018, as he’s totaled 19 sacks, 24 hits, and a 9.5% pressure rate in 47 career games. Still only going into his age 25 season, it’s possible he still has another level that he will show this season, but he also could easily remain just a middling starter.

Depth is also a major concern at this position, as their only other edge defender addition this off-season was 4th round pick Rashad Weaver and their top returning reserve is Derick Roberson, a 2019 undrafted free agent who struggled on 248 snaps in the first significant experience of his career, not managing a sack and totaling just 2 hits and a 7.6% pressure rate. Weaver has some upside and could easily win the top reserve job as a rookie, but both would likely be overmatched if they had to see significant action.

Harold Landry played the most snaps among edge defenders in the league last season, after ranking 3rd in 2019, and, even with Dupree coming off of a major injury, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see both of them rank among the league leaders in snaps per game at their position because of the Titans lack of depth options. That figures to make them less efficient on a per snap basis and leave them more susceptible to injury, in which case the Titans would be in big trouble. This position group is better than a year before, but only by default, as it’s still a shaky group overall.

Grade: C+

Interior Defenders

The Titans are better on the interior, with a group led by 2019 1st round pick Jeffrey Simmons, who may already be their best defensive player. The Titans took a major chance on Simmons when they selected him 19th overall because he had off-the-field concerns and was coming off of a torn ACL suffered in the pre-draft process that caused him to ultimately miss the first 6 games of his career. However, Simmons would have been a likely top-5 pick if not for the injuries and off-the-field concerns and he showed why by making an instant impact as a rookie and not looking back since. 

Simmons flashed on 315 rookie year snaps, particularly against the run, and took a big step forward in his second season, another year removed from the injury. Remaining a dominant run stuffer, Simmons added 3 sacks, 11 hits, and a 7.6% pressure rate from the interior and ended the season as PFF’s 11th ranked interior defender overall. Still only going into his age 24 season, Simmons looks like he could develop into one of the better players at his position in the entire league over the next few seasons and, while development isn’t always linear, I would expect another strong season from him in 2021, now over two years removed from his injury.

The Titans lost DaQuan Jones, a long-time starting interior defender and high level run defender for this team, but they replaced him with another veteran in Denico Autry, who seems likely to take over Jones’ old job. Jones and Autry are very dissimilar players though, as Jones is a big 6-4 320 run stuffer who can play some nose tackle, but has just a 5.8% career pressure rate with 9 sacks in 99 games, while Autry is built more like a big edge defender at 6-5 270. He leaves something to be desired against the run, but at the same time, he’s compiled 30.5 sacks, 27 hits, and a 7.7% pressure rate in 96 career games. Autry is going into his age 31 season and coming off of a middling overall season with the Colts, so he’s unlikely to be a huge impact player, but he could easily remain a solid starter for a team that badly needed a replacement for Jones.

Autry could also play on the edge at times, to help mask their lack of depth at that position, but that would expose their lack of depth on the interior, which remains a significant concern. No Titans reserve interior defender played more than 197 snaps last season and that player, Matt Dickerson, is no longer with the team, leaving 2020 5th round pick Larrell Murchison as their likely top reserve, even though he struggled mightily on 136 snaps as a rookie. 

Teair Tart, a 2020 undrafted free agent, has some experience on the nose and will likely see a bigger role in base packages with Jones gone, but he also struggled mightily on 155 rookie season snaps. Aside from Tart and Dickerson, inexperienced in their own right, the Titans don’t have any experienced reserves. Simmons is a high level interior defender and Autry is a capable if aging starter, but they are relying on lowly drafted or undrafted second young guys who struggled in limited action as a rookie as their top reserves, so depth is a major concern, especially if injuries strike.

Grade: B-

Linebackers

One key free agent the Titans brought back this off-season was linebacker Jayon Brown, who returns on a one-year deal worth 5.3 million. At one point, it looked like Brown could become one of the highest paid off ball linebackers in the league when he eventually signed his new contract, as the 2017 5th round pick broke out in his second season in the league in 2018, finishing 8th among off ball linebackers on PFF, and then followed that up with a 17th ranked finish in 2019, especially excelling in coverage in both seasons. 

However, a combination of things led to Brown having to take that team friendly deal. First, Brown had a down season in 2020, still covering well, but getting exposed in a big way against the run and falling to 24th among off ball linebackers on PFF. Making matters even worse, his season was limited to 10 games, being ended by an elbow injury that gave teams pause in free agency and dampened his market.

When you add in the reduced cap from lost ticket sales in 2020, you end up with a player who is still very much in his prime in his age 26 season who is one of the best every down linebackers in the league at his best settling for a one-year deal that pays him a third of the top players at his position. Even if it’s only for one year, it’s a smart deal that should pay off for the Titans, as Brown would be worth that salary even if he plays like he did last season, in his worst season as a starter.

Brown returning is especially important when you look at the rest of this linebacking corps. Fellow starter Rashaan Evans was a first round pick in 2018, but has yet to live up to his promise, earning below average grades from PFF in each of his first three seasons in the league (39 starts), especially struggling in coverage. Meanwhile, David Long, a 2019 6th round pick, struggled on 378 snaps in the first significant action of his career in place of the injured Brown last season. 

Had Brown not been brought back, the Titans would have had to start Evans and Long together, but instead Brown will start opposite Evans, who the Titans will be hoping can finally take a step forward in his fourth year in the league, and Long will be a reserve, a role he is more qualified for. The Titans also added Georgia’s Monty Rice in the 3rd round to give them even more depth at the position. He’ll begin his career as a reserve, but the long-term plan is likely for him to start, with Brown on a one-year deal and Evans heading into a contract year, now after having his 5th year guaranteed option declined. With Brown being brought back and additional depth being added through the draft, this is a decent group overall.

Grade: B-

Secondary

As I mentioned, cornerback is the group that took the biggest hit from the Titans needing to free up cap space for Bud Dupree. Projected starting cornerbacks Malcolm Butler and Adoree Jackson were released ahead of non-guaranteed salaries of 12.2 million and 10.244 million respectively, while top slot cornerback Desmond King signed with the Texans in free agency, after the Titans already released their former slot cornerback Johnathan Joseph mid-season when they acquired King in a trade from the Chargers. 

With those players gone, the Titans will rely on some combination of 2020 2nd round pick Kristian Fulton, who saw just 203 snaps as a rookie, veteran free agent acquisitions Kevin Johnson and Janoris Jenkins, and 1st and 3rd round rookies Caleb Farley and Elijah Molden. First round pick Caleb Farley definitely has the highest upside of the bunch, but he’s also a major question mark, coming off of off-season back surgery that dropped him from being a likely top-10 pick to the Titans at 22. 

Farley also has an injury history beyond this recent injury and he opted out of the 2020 season, so he comes into the NFL with limited tape and experience and a major injury history, including a serious injury he is currently dealing with, making him a big risk, especially for a team that already had to cut ties with last year’s first round pick for almost nothing. Fulton doesn’t have the same upside as Farley, but he still projects as a starter long-term, despite an underwhelming rookie year. The slot might be his most likely path to snaps in 2021. Third round pick Elijah Molden projects as a good slot cornerback long-term, but might not be ready to contribute in a meaningful way as a rookie.

As for the veterans, Janoris Jenkins is definitely the more accomplished of the veterans, making 125 starts in his career and earning an average or better grade from PFF in every season of his career, but he’s now going into his age 33 season and hasn’t finished above 42nd among cornerbacks on PFF since 2016. He could remain a capable starter and is likely to see a significant amount of starts even if Farley is healthy, but it also wouldn’t be a surprise to see his abilities fall off significantly, given his age, and I don’t think he comes with much upside anymore either. He was a bit of an overpay on a 2-year, 15 million dollar deal this off-season, given what other cornerbacks received this off-season.

Kevin Johnson comes cheaper than Jenkins, signing a 1-year deal worth 2.25 million, but there is a good reason for that as Johnson has been highly injury prone in his career, missing a third of his career games, 32 of 96, and not playing more than 579 snaps in a season since back when the former first round pick was a rookie in 2015. Johnson flashed potential when healthier earlier in his career, but the injuries have to have caught up with him, as he was PFF’s 107th ranked cornerback out of 136 eligible on 575 snaps with the Browns last season. Only going into his age 29 season, Johnson could be better in 2021, but he could just as easily struggle or miss a significant chunk of the season. The Titans have a reasonably deep cornerback group, but are working with a group that is a combination of inexperienced, aging, and injury prone.

At safety, the Titans lost starting safety Kenny Vaccaro, but that was more by design, as Vaccaro struggled last season, finishing 63rd among 99 eligible safeties, and the Titans have a ready made replacement for him in Amani Hooker, a 2019 4th round pick who has flashed a lot of upside on 805 career snaps and arguably should have taken Vaccaro’s starting job last season. Depth is a bit of a concern now, but the Titans did sign Matthias Farley, who has only once played more than 201 snaps in a season in his career, but proved to be a solid starter in that season, finishing 28th among safeties on PFF in 15 starts. That was back in 2017, but Farley is still only going into his age 29 season and is not a bad depth option, as he plays special teams and can start at safety if needed.

The Titans also retain top safety Kevin Byard, although he had a down year last year, a big part of the reason why the Titans struggled so much defensively last season. Byard broke out in his second season in the league in 2017, finishing 8th among safeties on PFF and then followed that up finishing 7th in 2018 and 14th in 2019, but he fell to 34th in 2020 and especially struggled in coverage. He allowed almost as many receiving yards last season as he had his previous two seasons combined and he saw his interception total fall to just 1 after picking off 17 combined over the previous 3 seasons, even though he was also targeted a career high amount in 2020. 

Byard is still in his prime in his age 28 season and he has been otherwise very reliable, not missing a game in five seasons in the league, so last season’s performance was probably random variance more than anything, showing the floor for a durable and otherwise high level safety. I would expect him to bounce back in 2021, perhaps in a big way, which would be a big boost for a defense that otherwise doesn’t look significantly improved over last year’s horrible group, spending what little financial flexibility to overpay Bud Dupree and then having to replace their cornerback group with draft picks and cheap free agent signings.

Grade: B-

Kicker/Punter

Special teams were a big problem for the Titans in 2020, as they finished the season 28th in special teams DVOA. Place kicking and punting were their biggest weaknesses and they were among the worst teams in the league in DVOA on place kicks and punts. Place kicking struggles almost always fall on the placekicker themselves and, sure enough, starting kicker Stephen Gotskowski struggled, making 46/48 on extra points, 18/26 on field goals, and ranking 24th out of 36 eligible kickers on PFF. Sam Sloman made both of his field goals and 5/5 on extra points as a replacement for Gostkowski when he was injured, but he didn’t attempt from deeper than 47 yards and the Titans didn’t retain either him or Gostkowski. 

That being said, the kickers the Titans brought in to compete for the starting job are not guaranteed to be upgrades. Sam Ficken went 13/15 on field goals last season with the Jets, but he went 12/15 on extra points and just 1/3 from 50+ yards, and for his career he’s made just 72.9% of field goals and 87.5% of extra points. He’ll compete with 2020 undrafted free agent Tucker McCann, who didn’t attempt a kick as a rookie and made just 72.6% of his field goals at the collegiate level. Kicker almost certainly figures to be a weakness for the Titans again in 2021, which will become an even bigger problem than it’s been if they can’t be as efficient in the red zone as they’ve been the past two seasons.

Punter Brett Kern, on the other hand, was not the problem with their punting game, as he finished 10th among punters on PFF, but the Titans got terrible play out of their supporting special teams and Kern also missed three games with injury, a stretch in which replacements Ryan Allen and Trevor Daniel both struggled. Kern has been a long-time reliable punter who has finished in the top-2 among punters on PFF in three of the past six seasons, so he should continue his strong play going into 2021 and could even be better. He’ll have some competition from undrafted rookie James Smith, but it would be a massive upset if Smith were to win the job. Punter is at least a strength, but kicker figures to be a major weakness.

Grade: B

Return Specialists

The one aspect of special teams where the Titans finished a little above average was punt returns, which was almost entirely due to the play of Kalif Raymond, who finished 6th among punt returners on PFF and averaged 9.0 yards per punt return on 23 attempts, despite poor supporting cast play. Raymond is no longer with the team though, which will also be an issue on kickoff returns, which he led the team in as well, returning 15 kickoffs. 

The Titans didn’t replace Raymond and seem likely to use Cameron Batson, who had 11 kickoff returns and 1 punt return in 2020, in both capacities in 2021. Batson has averages of just 21.0 yards per kickoff return and 1.3 yards per punt in his career, so the odds are against him having much success in either capacity unless they get drastically improved play from their supporting cast, but the Titans don’t seem to have another option and it may not even be much of a competition for Batson to win both roles.

Grade: C+

Special Teamers

The Titans essentially cleaned house at the special teamer position, letting seven of their top-9 in snaps played in 2020 leave this off-season. It’s not a bad strategy considering how bad they were in this group last season and, aside from Jack Crawford (168 snaps), Tom Compton (178 snaps), and Daren Bates (287 snaps) all of the departed players struggled last season, but the Titans didn’t add a ton of reinforcements, adding three experienced special teamers in free agency and likely relying on rookies and other unproven special teamers to fill in gaps.

Free agent acquisitions Justin March-Lillard and Olasunkanmi Adeniyi are at least coming off of strong seasons, finishing 39th and 13th respectively among special teamers on PFF across 202 snaps and 279 snaps respectively, and, while neither has been that good in the past, they should remain above average players. Matthias Farley, however, is a more middling special teamer who might not move the needle much. Among returning special teamers, Amani Hooker (315 snaps), Khari Blasingame (182 snaps), Nick Westbrook-Ikhine (151 snaps) are all coming off solid seasons and have a history of some success, but the rest of the bunch is very underwhelming. This could be a better group than they were last season, but that could only be by default and, even if they end up as a serviceable group, they should be a top heavy one.

Grade: B-

Conclusion

The Titans went 11-5 last season, but were reliant on an easy schedule, a 7-2 record in one score games, a league best +11 turnover margin, and the 6th fewest adjusted games lost to injury, four things that all could easily not continue into 2021. On top of that, the Titans lost talent around the quarterback on offense this off-season and, while their defense should be better by default, it still is a below average unit overall on paper. 

The Titans are one of the higher variance teams in the league and could continue winning like they have the past two seasons if Tannehill can continue producing like a top level quarterback despite less talent around him and if Derrick Henry can continue producing like the best runner in the league despite less talent around him and a ton of mileage on his treads over the past few years at a position known for parity and attrition. Those are big ifs however and I would expect the Titans to have trouble making it back to the post-season in the most likely case. I will have a final prediction for the Titans at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

Update: The Titans have swung a blockbuster move with the Falcons, acquiring Julio Jones for a 2022 2nd round pick. Jones is a big name and obviously makes the Titans better, but it’s important to realize that the Titans might not be acquiring the prime Julio Jones. Jones still played at a high level when on the field last season, averaging a 2.60 yards per route run average that ranked 9th in the NFL, but, after being plagued by nagging injuries for several seasons, Jones was limited to just 9 games in 2020 and his lowest receiving total at 51/771/3 since his injury plagued 2013 season.

On top of that, Jones is heading into his age 32 season and a look at the history shows that Jones might drop off a lot quicker than the Titans are expecting. Not only is age 31 to age 32 the biggest single season drop off in terms of elite production probability, but a 32-year-old wide receiver is about half as likely to top 1000 yards receiving in a season as a 30-year-old wide receiver and about a third as likely as a 28-year-old wide receiver, a steep drop off in a 4-year span. Even if Jones resembles his prime self for another year, he doesn’t solve all the issues with this team and, with AJ Brown already locked in as a #1 wide receiver, Jones really upgrades the #2 wide receiver spot more than anything.

Jones obviously makes the Titans better and, in an unsettled AFC South, he could be the piece that pushes them over the top, but if the Titans were overrated before this trade, they are overrated after it, perhaps even more so. In addition to giving up a premium draft pick, the Titans will also have to restructure some contracts and eat into future cap space to fit Jones’ 15.3 million dollar salary into their cap for 2021 and he’s owed another 23 million after that for 2022-2023.

8/8/21: The Titans won’t benefit from their special teams, which is more predictive than I realized, while the divisional rival Colts could benefit from that, but the Titans’ chances of winning the division do improve as a result of injuries to Carson Wentz and Quenton Nelson of the Colts, who could both miss the first month of the season.

9/4/21: The Titans are starting from a lower base point than most realize because they won a lot of close games last season and had unsustainbly good success with turnovers. They’re getting a lot of attention for adding Julio Jones, but he is likely to be on the decline and will probably not be an upgrade on Corey Davis, who was an underrated part of this offense in 2020. Bud Dupree was their big addition on defense, but he is an overrated player and coming off of a torn ACL and their secondary is likely to be worse than a year ago. They could still win a bad division, but they’re not the contender many expect them to be.

Prediction: 9-8 2nd in AFC South

New Orleans Saints 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

For over a decade, the Saints haven’t had to worry about the game’s most important position, with future Hall of Fame quarterback Drew Brees arriving before the 2006 season and playing at a high level basically every season. In total, Brees completed 68.8% of his passes for an average of 7.78 YPA, 491 touchdowns, and 190 interceptions in 228 starts with the Saints, while finishing in the top-6 among quarterbacks on PFF in every season from 2006 to 2019, before falling off to a middling grade in 2020. Brees also led the Saints to a 142-86 regular season record in his starts, with 9 playoff appearances in 15 seasons and a victory over the Colts in Super Bowl 44 at the end of the 2009 season. Now, with Brees opting to retire ahead of what would have been his age 42 season, the Saints are in very unfamiliar territory.

The Saints have gotten a taste of life without Brees over the past two seasons, as he has missed 9 games with injury over the two seasons combined, and the Saints have fared surprisingly well in those games, going 8-1, but that’s misleading and not indicative of long-term life without Brees for a couple reasons. For one, the Saints had unsustainably good luck in those 9 games, going 5-1 in one score games and only once winning by more than two scores in a game in which the Broncos had to play without any quarterbacks. They also faced a relatively easy schedule overall and if you look at how the Saints’ offense played in those games, it’s not hard to see how they could have won those games by more points had Brees been available.

The Saints also had a very strong roster outside of the quarterback position on both sides of the ball, much stronger than they figure to have in the post-Brees era. The Saints for the past several seasons have managed their cap like the next season was going to Brees’ last, constantly squeezing every cent out of their cap and mortgaging future cap space to spend among the most money in the league on their roster in every season. The results were good, at least in the regular season, as the Saints went 49-15 over the past 4 seasons, the best record in the NFL over that stretch, and their supporting cast has been as much the reason for that as Brees.

However, the Saints never got a Super Bowl out of it, in part due to some bad luck in the post-season, and now the bill is coming due and at the worst possible time, with the cap shrinking for the first time in years due to lost revenue from lack of in person attendance. The Saints had to part with several key contributors this off-season without being able to add much in the way of replacements and, even still, they are up against this year’s cap and projected to be slightly over next year’s cap. 

That could change depending on where next year’s cap ends up, but it’s clear that the Saints are going to be in a tough financial situation for at least the next couple years, as they are paying for years of spending beyond their means in an attempt at one last Super Bowl run. That means whoever the Saints next starting quarterback is won’t have the luxury of having the talent around him on this roster that Drew Brees did.

Who that quarterback will be is yet to be determined and Brees’ recent missed time hasn’t really made their long-term plans at the position clearer. Teddy Bridgewater was their replacement for Brees when he missed time in 2019, but he parlayed that into starting jobs in Carolina and Denver. Bridgewater was replaced last off-season by ex-Buccaneers quarterback Jameis Winston, who was the first quarterback off the bench in place of Brees when he went down last season, completed 6 of 10 for 63 yards and in the second half of a win over the 49ers, with Taysom Hill remaining in his usual role as a wildcat quarterback/pass catcher.

However, the Saints switched things up for the four full games that Brees missed, giving Hill the opportunity to start and play a full game at quarterback for the first time ever in his age 30 season, while Winston didn’t attempt a pass throughout the four games. Hill left something to be desired as a passer, but was ultimately better than expected in the four games, completing 71.9% of his passes for an average of 7.32 YPA, 4 touchdowns, and 2 interceptions. 

Where Hill really added value was on the ground, unsurprising given his athleticism, rushing for 209 yards and 4 touchdowns on 39 carries (5.36 YPC). He was only PFF’s 20th ranked quarterback out of 35 eligible for those 4 games and, like in 2019 when Bridgewater was out, the Saints’ offensive efficiency went down noticeably with Brees out of the lineup, but it seemed that Hill was destined to become the successor when Brees ultimately retired, given that he’s been a favorite of head coach Sean Payton’s for years and didn’t faceplant in his 4-game tryout, while Winston was set to hit free agency again.

However, the Saints brought back Winston on a 1-year, 5.5 million deal in free agency and he seems to be not only a competitor for the starting job, but according to some reports, the favorite to win the job. Hill’s salary is substantially more, as he’s set to make 12.159 million in the final year of his contract in 2021, but that could be more representative of his overall role as a versatile, positionless player rather than him being cemented as the starting quarterback.

Winston has plenty of experience, with 70 career starts with the Buccaneers, and he’s a former #1 overall pick (2015) who is only going into his age 27 season, but he’s been very inconsistent throughout his career and has never finished higher than 15th in a season on PFF. Overall, he’s completed 61.3% of his passes for an average of 7.75 YPA, 121 touchdowns, and 88 interceptions in his career. Being with Sean Payton in New Orleans is one of the best places a quarterback like Winston could be and, in fact, Payton took on a pretty big reclamation project when the Saints first signed Drew Brees, who was replaced with the Chargers by Philip Rivers and passed over by the Dolphins for Daunte Culpepper. 

That’s not to say that Winston is going to become a future Hall of Famer, but it’s not out of the realm of possibility that Winston could earn the starting job and Payton could coax the best season of his career out of him. That’s probably a more likely scenario than Taysom Hill suddenly becoming a more than replacement level starting quarterback for the first time in his career in his age 31 season and it would allow Hill to continue in his unique role as a runner (5.36 career YPC on 151 carries), passer (7.81 career YPA on 134 attempts), and receiver (30 career catches for 336 yards and 7 touchdowns). It’s a position group with some upside, but it’s hard to understate how much the Saints will miss Drew Brees, even if he wasn’t at his best in 2020.

Grade: B-

Running Backs

I will get into the positions where the Saints have concerns later, but whoever wins the starting quarterback job will still have some talent around them, especially at the running back position, led by feature back Alvin Kamara. Kamara has never had more than 194 carries in a season, but he’s averaged a 4.97 YPC in his career that is the 4th highest in the NFL since he entered the league in 2017 among all running backs with at least 600 carries over that stretch, and he makes up for his lack of heavy carries with his usage in the passing game, as he’s had at least 80 catches in each of his first 4 seasons in the league, averaging 8.66 yards per catch and totaling 15 receiving touchdowns, to go with his 43 rushing touchdowns. 

Overall, Kamara has finished in the top-8 among running backs in 3 of 4 seasons in the league, with the exception of a 2019 campaign in which he was at less than 100% for most of the season due to injury. He plays a position with a higher than average chance of injury and higher than average positional turnover, but he’s only missed 4 games total in 4 seasons in the league and, still only going into his age 26 season, he’s about as close to a sure thing as there is at the running back position in the entire NFL. 

Kamara also doesn’t need to take on a massive workload as a runner because the Saints have power back Latavius Murray as a complement. The 6-3 230 pound Murray has seen 146 carries exactly in each of his two seasons with the Saints and has overall rushed for 9 touchdowns and a 4.42 YPC average. His age is becoming a concern, now in his age 31 season, but the Saints don’t rely on him for a huge workload either, so he could continue being an effective complement for another couple seasons. He doesn’t add much value as a receiver, but Kamara will play the vast majority of passing downs.

Grade: A

Receiving Corps

Kamara will also once again be relied on for a heavy load in the passing game, though it’s arguable if he’ll be used quite as much. On one hand, the Saints’ two quarterback options both have strong arms and they might not have as many check downs in the playbook as they did under Drew Brees, who famously loved targeting running backs in the passing game throughout his career, especially when he lost arm strength towards the end.

On the other hand, the Saints are even thinner in the receiving corps this season than they were last season. Kamara was one of four Saints with at least 35 catches and 55 targets last season and two of the four are no longer with the team, with Emmanuel Sanders (61/726/5) and tight end Jared Cook (37/504/7) both going elsewhere this off-season, Cook as a free agent and Sanders as a cap casualty. The Saints really didn’t do anything to replace either one and instead will be counting on young players stepping up and their star offensive players taking on a large volume.

Along with Kamara, the Saints’ other star offensive player is wide receiver Michael Thomas and the Saints will get an obvious boost getting him back after he was really not healthy all season last year, following a week one high ankle sprain. A 2nd round pick in 2016, Thomas had the most productive start to a career of any wide receiver ever before last season, posting a 92/1137/9 slash line as a rookie in 2016, a 104/1245/5 in 2017, a 125/1405/9 in 2018, and a league leading 149/1725/9 in 2019, while finishing as a top-8 wide receiver on PFF in all four seasons, including top-3 finishes from 2017-2019. However, Thomas was limited to just a 40/438/0 slash line in just 7 games last season.

Thomas only missed one game in his career prior to last season and is still in the prime of his career in his age 28 season, so he’s as close to a sure thing to bounce back as any player in the league this season and possibly a favorite for the Comeback Player of the Year award. Thomas might not be quite as productive without Drew Brees throwing him the ball, but, in an offense that lacks other proven weapons, he figures to get a massive target share and he’s proven in the past that he can make contested catches regularly against heavy coverage.

Fourth year receiver Tre’Quan Smith is expected to be the #2 receiver, barring any cheap additions the Saints may be able to make with their limited remaining cap space. A 3rd round pick in 2018, Smith has gotten opportunity to play in his career, but last season, when he finished 5th on the team in targets and had a 34/448/4 slash line, was the most productive he’s ever been, which shows you the lack of productivity from him in his career. He also finished last season as PFF’s 99th ranked wide receiver out of 112 eligible on a career high 672 snaps. 

In all, Smith has averaged just 1.10 yards per route run in his career, despite playing primarily with Drew Brees under center. It’s possible he could benefit from having a quarterback under center who throws downfield more and the Saints don’t really have much of a choice but to give him more targets than he’s ever had before, but I wouldn’t expect him to have a sudden breakout season. He is only the #2 receiver by default, as their other options for playing time are a trio of recent undrafted free agents, Lil’Jordan Humphrey and Deonte Harris from 2019 and Marquez Callaway from 2020. 

Callaway played the most of the three in 2020, seeing 266 snaps, but he didn’t show much and finished with just a 21/213/0 slash line. Deonte Harris showed a little bit more, playing just 169 snaps and almost matching Callaway’s production with a 20/186/1 slash line, but he’s highly inexperienced, having played just 235 career snaps, and his 5-6 170 frame may limit him as a player. Lil’Jordan Humphrey, meanwhile, has played even less in his career, playing just 118 snaps, and has shown no sign of developing into a long-term contributor. 

Second year tight end Adam Trautman has more upside than their young wide receivers. A 3rd round pick, Trautman didn’t show much as a receiver in his rookie year with just a 15/171/1 slash line, but he was one of the better blocking tight ends in the league and it wouldn’t be a surprise to see his receiving take a big step forward in 2021. He wouldn’t be the first tight end to take a big step forward in his second season in the league and his receiving production was in part limited by his usage last season, receiving the ball just 3.7 yards from the line of scrimmage on his average catch and showing impressive after the catch ability with 7.7 yards after per catch. With the starting tight end job to himself and a quarterback under center who figures to throw downfield more, Trautman has the potential to have a solid receiving year in this offense and figures to get a significant target share regardless.

Depth is a concern at tight end because the Saints didn’t just lose Jared Cook this off-season, but also lost long-time #2 tight end Josh Hill to retirement, ahead of what would have been his age 31 season. Instead, it looks like Nick Vannett, a 5-year veteran journeyman who has never topped 29 catches in a season, will be the #2 tight end. Vannett is an adequate blocker, but little else and is unlikely to make an impact in the passing game. This passing game is very top heavy with Michael Thomas and Alvin Kamara at the top and question marks beyond them, and, since Kamara is counted with the running backs, that leaves the Saints with arguably the thinnest receiving corps in the league. Michael Thomas returning to form will elevate this whole group, but they desperately need at least a couple young players to step up.

Grade: B-

Offensive Line

One area where the Saints remain strong is the offensive line, where they return all five starters from a unit that was among the league’s best last season. The strength of this group is the offensive tackle position, where left tackle Terron Armstead and right tackle Ryan Ramczyk have been one of the best offensive tackle duos in the league in recent years. Armstead has been a top level starting left tackle since entering the lineup in 2014, finishing in the top-24 among offensive tackles on PFF in all 7 seasons, including 4 seasons in the top-8. 

Durability has always been the concern for him, as he’s never played all 16 games in a season, most recently missing a pair of games with injury last season. He will probably miss at least some time again with injury, but the Saints retained swing tackle James Hurst, so they at least have a decent insurance policy. They also have 2018 7th round pick Will Clapp as a versatile reserve, but he will probably focus on being a backup on the interior and he’s an underwhelming option anyway. 

Another growing concern with Armstead is he’s going into his age 30 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of slowing down yet and isn’t necessarily going to start declining in 2021. Ramczyk, meanwhile, was added opposite Armstead in the first round of the 2017 NFL Draft and he’s been one of the top right tackles in the league since the word go, finishing in the top-14 among offensive tackles on PFF in all 4 seasons, including a #1 ranked finish in 2019, while making 63 of 64 starts over that stretch. Very much still in his prime in his age 27 season, there is no reason to expect anything different from him in 2021.

The Saints also have a talented young center in Erik McCoy, a 2nd round pick in 2019. McCoy quietly had a dominant rookie year, finishing 4th among centers on PFF in 16 starts and, while he wasn’t quite as good in 2020, he still finished 11th among centers on PFF in 16 starts and, still only going into his age 24 season, he looks like he will be one of the better centers in the league for years to come. 

Guard is the Saints’ weakest position upfront, even though they have a pair of former first round picks at the position. Andrus Peat was a first round pick back in 2015, but he has had trouble staying healthy, never playing all 16 games in a season, and it seems his recent injury history has caught up with him, as he hasn’t earned higher than an average grade from PFF in any of the past three seasons, after a promising start to his career. The Saints still locked Peat up on a 5-year, 57.5 million dollar deal last off-season, but that quickly looks like an overpay. 

Still only in his age 28 season, Peat theoretically has some bounce back potential if he can finally stay healthy, but that’s far from a guarantee, especially now three years removed from his last above average season. Right guard Cesar Ruiz, meanwhile, was a first round pick in 2020, but he was mediocre on 744 rookie year snaps. He could take a step forward in his second season in the league, but that’s not necessarily a guarantee. Even if he doesn’t, this should still be an above average offensive line regardless of their guard play.

Grade: A-

Edge Defenders

The Saints also lost some key players on defense this off-season. Probably the most talented player they lost was defensive end Trey Hendrickson, whose 13.5 sacks were tied for the 2nd most in the NFL last season, leading to him securing a 4-year, 60 million dollar deal from the Cincinnati Bengals that was far out of the Saints’ price range. Hendrickson might not be that big of a loss though, for a few reasons. For one, he wasn’t quite as good as his sack total last season, as his production was in part because of the talent around him.

Hendrickson was also technically the Saints’ third defensive end, as Cameron Jordan and Marcus Davenport are both talented starters. The Saints like to rotate players at the defensive end position, but they used their first round pick on a defensive end, taking Houston’s Payton Turner 28th overall and he will essentially replace Hendrickson. Turner was a bit of a questionable pick, not just because most expected him to fall into the second round, but also because the Saints had more pressing needs. That doesn’t mean he will be a bust, but they probably could have used that pick better.

Jordan and Davenport are also former first round picks, in 2011 and 2018 respectively, and both are under contract for the foreseeable future, 3 years and 2 years respectively. Jordan’s age is becoming a minor concern, now going into his age 32 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of slowing down and has been as durable as any player in the league in his career, remarkably playing in all 160 possible games in 10 seasons in the league, the longest active streak on defense, and regularly finishing among the league leaders in snaps played at his position, averaging 56.3 snaps per game in his career. 

Even if he does start to regress in 2021, Jordan should still be one of the better players in the league at his position. He has had a great career overall, but he’s especially been impressive over the past 6 seasons, finishing in the top-15 among edge defenders on PFF in all 6 seasons, totaling 65.5 sacks, 67 hits, and a 11.3% pressure rate over that stretch and playing the run at a high level as well. Unless his abilities fall off a cliff, he should be a very valuable player again on this defensive line.

Davenport, meanwhile, has shown all the potential to be an above average every down player, but he needs to stay on the field. Davenport has played just 37 of 48 games in 3 seasons in the league and, with other talented players at the position, he’s also been limited to just 35.7 snaps per game when he has been healthy, which is a big part of the reason why he has been limited to just 12 total sacks, but he’s added 25 hits and a 13.0% pressure rate, while playing at a high level against the run. His highest rated season on PFF came in 2019 when he was PFF’s 18th ranked edge defender on 533 snaps (13 games) and, still only going into his age 25 season, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see him exceed that if he can finally stay healthy. That may be a big if, but he’s dripping with potential.

The Saints also signed veteran Tanoh Kpassagnon as a free agent this off-season, but that was before the draft when they selected Turner and it’s unclear how much of a role Kpassagnon will have with Turner in the mix. That’s a good thing, however, as Kpassagnon has been one of the worst starting defensive ends in the league over the past two seasons with the Chiefs. He’s finished 109th out of 121 eligible edge defenders and 101st out of 125 eligible edge defenders respectively, while totaling just 5 sacks, 9 hits, and a 6.5% pressure rate. 

Kpassagnon may be better off in a reserve role, but the Saints are probably best off with him only playing a few snaps per game. 2020 3rd round pick Zack Baun could also be in the mix, but the hybrid player only played 82 snaps as a rookie and only 28 of them came on passing plays, on 19 of which he dropped into coverage rather than rushing the passer. If he sees a significantly increased role in his second season in the league, it will likely be primarily as a traditional off ball linebacker. This is a talented position group led by a trio of former first round picks in various stages of their careers and they have sufficient depth options as well.

Grade: A-

Interior Defenders

The Saints also lost a pair of defensive tackles this off-season, with Sheldon Rankins signing with the Jets on a 2-year, 11 million dollar deal that the Saints would have had a hard time matching if they wanted to and Malcom Brown being traded to the Jaguars for a late round pick in a salary dump that saved the Saints another 5 million. Neither player was a major contributor last season, playing 415 snaps and 345 snaps respectively, but they’re both solid players and the Saints did nothing to replace them.

Third year player Shy Tuttle is expected to move into the starting lineup and, while he’s shown a lot of promise against the run thus far in his career, he’s still a former undrafted free agent who has only played 340 snaps and 326 snaps in two seasons in the league and he leaves something to be desired as a pass rusher, with just 2 sacks, 3 hits, and a 5.6% pressure rate in his limited playing time. Tuttle could see his snap total close to double this season and he’s a major projection to a larger role.

Cameron Roach is also likely to be in the mix for playing time, even though the 2020 undrafted free agent struggled mightily as a rookie, finishing 135th out of 138 eligible interior defenders on PFF across 233 snaps. It wouldn’t be hard for him to be better in his second season in the league, but he looks far from ever developing into a contributor. Veteran Ryan Glasgow is also likely to see action. A 4th round pick in 2017, Glasgow’s career got off to a promising start, particularly his play against the run, but injuries have derailed his career, starting with a torn ACL that he suffered early in the 2018 season. 

Since then, Glasgow has played just 152 snaps total and, after the Bengals cut him in final cuts last off-season, he spent last season bouncing around the Texans, Patriots, and Saints practice squads before finally appearing in two games for the Saints down the stretch. Injuries are always the main concern with him, but he has a pretty clear path to a roster spot and a likely rotational role if he can stay healthy. Glasgow isn’t a pass rush option though, so the Saints could try to mask their lack of interior pass rushers with their depth at defensive end and use one of their defensive ends on the interior in sub packages.

Fortunately, the Saints still have David Onyemata, an every down player who is by far their best interior pass rusher. A 4th round pick in 2016, Onyemata has steadily developed throughout his career. He struggled overall as a rookie, but took a big step forward as a pass rusher in his 2nd season in the league and has totaled 16 sacks, 22 hits, and a 8.4% pressure rate in 4 seasons since. His play against the run left something to be desired early in his career, but he has developed in that aspect as well and finished the 2020 season as PFF’s 9th ranked interior defender overall, excelling as a pass rusher (6.5 sacks, 10 hits, 11.6% pressure rate), but also earning an above average run stopping grade. 

Onyemata might not be quite as good in 2021 as he was in his career best 2020 season, but he’s very much in his prime in his age 28 season, so he should at least remain an above average every down player. He elevates a position group that otherwise has a lot of question marks and a concerning lack of depth. Even if their defensive end depth is able to somewhat mask their lack of defensive tackle depth, the Saints still figure to get noticeably worse interior play this season.

Grade: C+

Linebackers

The Saints also lost a couple linebackers this off-season, with Alex Anzalone signing with the Lions in free agency and Kwon Alexander being cut for salary purposes. Like the defensive tackles they lost, neither player was a major contributor, playing 525 snaps and 350 snaps respectively, but both were capable players and the Saints are thinner at the position without them. They did address the position in the draft, using a 2nd round pick on Ohio State’s Pete Werner, and, as I mentioned earlier, 2020 3rd round pick Zack Baun figures to see a bigger role as a linebacker this season, but both are significant question marks because of their lack of experience. 

Fortunately, top linebacker Demario Davis remains and should continue playing his normal every down role, in which he’s played 60.3 snaps per game in 3 seasons with the Saints. Davis was a late bloomer who was underwhelming earlier in his career with the Browns and Jets, but he’s finished in the top-19 among off ball linebackers on PFF in 4 straight seasons, including a career best #2 ranked finish in 2019, and has cemented himself among the better players in the league at his position. 

Davis’ age is a concern, now going into his age 32 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of slowing down, finishing 6th among off ball linebackers on PFF last season, and, even if he declines, he should remain an above average every down linebacker. He also has no real injury history to speak of, playing 144 of a possible 144 games since entering the league as a 3rd round pick in 2012, which bodes well for his chances of continuing to play at a high level. The Saints will need him to continue playing well and staying healthy because he is their only proven linebacker and this position group lacks depth in a concerning way.

Grade: B

Secondary

Safety Malcolm Jenkins also saw significant action as a linebacker last season, but he might not play there quite as much this season because the Saints are also thinner in the secondary. The big loss was cornerback Janoris Jenkins, who was a solid starter last season, but was let go for financial reasons ahead of what would have been his age 33 season. The Saints didn’t replace him until using a third round pick on Stanford cornerback Paulson Adebo, so PJ Williams, a hybrid cornerback/safety who would play safety when Jenkins played linebacker, could have to see more action at cornerback this season.

Regardless of where he plays, PJ Williams is a pretty uninspiring option, as he has received below average grades from PFF in 3 straight seasons, including one of the worst in the league last season. A 6-year veteran, Williams has been better in the past, but, even only in his age 28 season, it seems like his best days are behind him. Fellow veteran Patrick Robinson’s best days are definitely behind him, but he too looks to be in the mix for playing time at cornerback. Highly inconsistent even in his prime, Robinson’s best season came in 2017 for the Eagles, when he finished 6th among cornerbacks on PFF on 710 snaps, but he’s subsequently played just 528 snaps with the Saints in 3 seasons since then, due in part to both injury and ineffectiveness, and now he’s going into his age 34 season, so it’s unclear if he has anything left. 

Chauncey Gardner-Johnson was the #3 cornerback and slot specialist last season, but he may see more action outside this season, given that their only other starting options are the aforementioned Williams and Robinson and a raw third round rookie. A 4th round pick by the Saints in 2019, Gardner-Johnson flashed on 547 snaps as a rookie before being more of a middling player on 861 snaps in 2020. He showed versatility as a rookie by playing safety, linebacker, and slot cornerback, before becoming the Saints’ primary slot cornerback in 2020, but outside cornerback would be a new challenge for him. He’s a versatile player who has shown upside, but his best play came in limited action and the Saints may be hurting his development if they move him around too much.

Marshon Lattimore remains the #1 cornerback, but the 2017 1st round pick has yet to match the heights he reached as a rookie, when he won Defensive Rookie of the Year and finished as PFF’s 8th ranked cornerback overall. In 3 seasons since then, he hasn’t finished above 29th on PFF. After allowing a 52.9% completion and 0 touchdowns to 5 interceptions as a rookie, he has allowed 59.2% completion and 12 touchdowns to 5 interceptions since, taking three seasons to match his rookie year interception total. He’s still a young player, only going into his age 25 season, and he’s loaded with potential, but he’s not a guarantee to bounce back to his rookie year form. 

Safety Marcus Williams doesn’t get the recognition that Lattimore gets, but he is actually the best defensive back in this secondary and one of the top safeties in the league. A 2nd round pick in 2017, Williams has started 60 games in 4 seasons in the league and has ranked in the top-8 among safeties in 3 those 4 seasons, with the outlier coming in a 31st ranked season in 2018. Williams is also still young, going into his age 25 season and, barring major injuries, should remain one of the top safeties in the league long-term. 

The Saints had to push more cap hits to the future to do it, but they were able to keep Williams on the 10.612 million dollar franchise tag this off-season and, while signing him to a long-term deal is another challenge, given his likely asking price at the top of the market (15-16 million) and the Saints’ dire cap situation for the next few off-seasons, he is one of their most important players and the Saints seem to be prioritizing him as such. If they had let him walk this off-season, their secondary would be in much worse shape.

Malcolm Jenkins remains as the other starting safety, but the Saints may have cut him this off-season if they could have, as he’s now going into his age 34 season and the 4-year, 32 million dollar extension he signed just last off-season now looks like a mistake, as he’s set to take home a guaranteed 6.2 million this season, after showing significant decline a year ago in a season in which he took home 10.55 million, including a 9 million dollar signing bonus. 

Jenkins had earned an average or better grade from PFF in 7 straight seasons prior to signing that deal with the Saints, with the previous 6 of those seasons coming with the Eagles, but in 2020, he fell to 57th among 99 eligible safeties, especially struggling in coverage, ranking 82nd in coverage grade at his position. It’s possible he is able to turn back the clock in 2021, but at his age, that’s far from a guarantee and he could easily continue declining, especially if asked to cover on the backend too often. This group is obviously better for having retained its top player, safety Marcus Williams, but it’s a group with plenty of question marks as well.

Grade: B

Kicker/Punter

The Saints had among the best special teams in the league last season, finishing 5th in special teams DVOA. The only aspect in which they were below average was place kicking and only by a little bit. Kicker Will Lutz wasn’t bad, finishing 11th among kickers on PFF, making 57/58 on extra points and 23/28 on field goals, but he was just 1/3 on field goals beyond 50+ yards. He’s been better in the past though, as last season was his lowest ranked season on PFF, while his best season was a 2nd ranked finish in 2018. 

In total, Lutz has hit 86.6% of his field goals and 97.3% of his extra points in five seasons in the league, including 13/23 on field goals longer than 50+ yards and 52/60 on field goals between 40-49 yards. I would expect him to be better in 2021 compared to 2020, even if he isn’t quite as good as he’s been in his best years. Lutz was also a weapon on kickoffs, part of the reason it was a big strength of this special teams unit, as he ranked 2nd on PFF in kickoff grade, his 4th straight season in the top-5. That should continue in 2021.

Punter Thomas Morestead wasn’t quite as good, ranking 24th among punters, but the Saints’ punting unit was also a big strength, in large part due to the supporting cast. Morestead has also been better in the past, finishing in the top-13 among punters on PFF in 7 straight seasons prior to last season, including four seasons in the top-5 (2013, 2014, 2016, 2017), so he should be better in 2021 than 2020, perhaps significantly so. This should be at least a solid kicker/punter duo and they have the upside to be much more than that.

Grade: A

Return Specialists

The Saints were also above average on returns, averaging 10.2 yards per punt return and 25.4 yards per kickoff return, good for 9th best in the NFL and 6th best in the NFL respectively. Most of the work was done by the Saints supporting cast though, as none of their returners finished above average on PFF. Deonte Harris was their best kickoff returner, averaging 27.3 yards per kickoff return on 16 attempts, after averaging 26.8 yards per kickoff return on 24 attempts as a rookie in 2019, and he should remain in that role in 2021, even if he’s also expected to serve a bigger role on offense.

Harris also has returned 53 punts for 10.3 yards per return with a touchdown in his career, including 17 return attempts in 2020, but he was one of three punt returners who saw significant action for the Saints, along with Marquez Callaway and Tommylee Lewis. Lewis is no longer with the team, leaving Harris and Callaway to compete for the punt returner role. Callaway is also expected to see a bigger role on offense in 2021, but it’s probably more likely that they will continue using Callaway on punt returns rather than using Harris primarily in both capacities, in addition to his own offensive role. 

Callaway had a lot of help from his supporting cast, but he averaged an impressive 11.1 yards per return average on 11 returns last season in his first season in the league, after averaging 13.6 yards per with 3 touchdowns on 40 returns at the University of Tennessee. Both Harris and Callaway should continue being productive in their respective roles if they continue to get good play from their supporting cast, though they might struggle if they don’t get the same support.

Grade: B-

Special Teamers

It’s possible the Saints won’t get the same level of play from their supporting cast and the loss of Justin Hardee, PFF’s 4th ranked special teamer in 2020 across 214 snaps, and Craig Robertson, PFF’s 24th ranked special teamer in 2020 across 358 snaps, is a big part of the reason why. Zach Baun also had a strong season, finishing as PFF’s 16th ranked special teamer in 2020 across 245 snaps, but the 2020 3rd round pick is just a one-year wonder on special teams and could see a bigger role on defense in year two, at the expense of some special teams snaps. The Saints also lost Alex Anzalone, who was decent across 179 special teams snaps in 2020.

JT Gray (323 snaps) and Kaden Ellis (274 snaps) return after finishing with above average grades from PFF and they have proven track records as well, so they should continue their above average play, but Dwayne Washington (203 snaps), Carl Granderson (174 snaps), and Adam Trautman (154 snaps) all struggled last season and their track records aren’t much better, so they would likely continue to struggle if counted on for significant roles again. 

The Saints did add one free agent to this group, Alex Armah, who has averaged 214 snaps per season as a special teamer over the past four seasons, but he has never earned more than a middling grade from PFF. The Saints will need significant contributions from their rookie class to continue playing at the level they played at last season, though they do benefit from the return of special teams coordinator Darren Rizzi, an 11-year NFL special teams coordinator who is well regarded around the league. Still, I would expect a drop off from last season.

Grade: B

Conclusion

The big concern with the Saints is the loss of quarterback Drew Brees, but he was far from the Saints’ only loss in an off-season where the Saints had to cut significant salary to get under the cap. The Saints have managed to win without Brees over the past two seasons because of their dominant supporting cast, but now more pressure will be placed on the Saints’ replacement signal caller with the rest of this roster thinned out. The Saints will also face a much tougher schedule this season than their schedule without Brees over the past two seasons and the fact that the Saints didn’t win most of those games convincingly is a concern, especially since their offensive efficiency noticeably dropped. 

There is still enough on this team that the Saints could still be in the mix for a wild card spot in the NFC, but they’re obviously behind Tampa Bay in the division now and it’s clear that the Saints have had among the biggest talent drop offs of any team in the league. They were starting from a high baseline, but any time a team loses significant talent in an off-season, it’s a concern. I will have a final prediction for the Browns at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Saints were dealt a big blow when Michael Thomas needed ankle surgery that seems likely to sideline him for the first couple months of the season, but they did shore up a big weakness on defense by adding cornerbacks Prince Amukamara and Brian Poole, the latter of whom is one of the best slot cornerbacks in the league. They will also get some benefit from their special teams, which are more predictive than I previously though.

9/4/21 Update: The Saints will be without the injured Michael Thomas, the suspended David Onyemata, and injured kicker Will Lutz for the start of the season and they normally start slow anyway, so I would expect them to struggle to begin the season, before likely becoming a strong bet in the second half of the season. The loss of Brian Poole for the season hurts this defense and the Saints are likely to fall short of a playoff berth, but there is still plenty of talent here, as the Saints opted not to go for the full rebuild this off-season.

Prediction: 9-8 2nd in NFC South

Cleveland Browns 2021 NFL Season Preview

Quarterback

Since returning to the NFL in 1999, the Browns have been synonymous with losing in the NFL. On a decade plus long playoff drought dating back to 2002, the Browns underwent a radical tear down of their roster that saw the team roll large amounts of cap space to the future, accumulate a significant amount of future excess draft capital, and play a borderline unprecedented amount of young, cheap, and inexperienced players. 

The result in the short-term was a 2-year stretch in which the team won a single game total from 2016-2017, going 1-31, but in the process they received back-to-back #1 overall draft picks, only adding to their stockpile of future assets with which to build this team. It took a few years, but the Browns are definitely starting to see the results of that process, going 11-5 in 2020 and securing the franchise’s first playoff appearance in 18 seasons and first playoff win in 26 seasons. 

Probably the most important decision the Browns have made throughout the process was the selection of quarterback Baker Mayfield, who was selected #1 overall immediately following Cleveland’s winless 2017 season. It wasn’t a slam dunk decision for the Browns, who considered multiple options in a strong quarterback class and even could have selected running back Saquon Barkley and used another first round pick they acquired, 4th overall, to select their quarterback. 

Even in hindsight, it’s not clear that the Browns made the best decision they could have made, with 7th overall pick Josh Allen and 32nd overall pick Lamar Jackson so far having shown a higher ceiling. However, Mayfield is clearly the best quarterback the Browns have had in decades and he looks like an obvious long-term franchise quarterback just three seasons into his career. He’s completed 61.9% of his passes for an average of 7.38 YPA, 75 touchdowns, and 43 interceptions, while finishing 11th among quarterbacks on PFF in 2018, 17th in 2019, and 14th in 2020.

For the Browns to take the next step, however, they will need Mayfield to take the next step and consistently play at a level he hasn’t been able to maintain for a full season yet, unlike his contemporaries in Allen and Jackson. It’s somewhat concerning that Mayfield’s highest rated season on PFF still remains his rookie season and, even though last season was by far his most successful season from a wins and losses standpoint, he also had by far the most talent around him on offense and, even with all that talent, the Browns still ranked just 11th in the NFL in first down rate over expected, which they arguably should have exceeded given how talented the Browns are at other offensive positions. 

Mayfield is still young (age 26 season in 2021) and has shown a high level for stretches throughout his limited time in the NFL, so he could easily have some untapped potential and continue to get better, but that’s not a guarantee. The Browns will have to make a decision on his long-term contract in the next couple years and Mayfield is eligible for an extension now, but, after seeing the Carson Wentz and Jared Goff contracts end in disaster for their respective teams, the Browns may want to give Mayfield another year to prove he’s worth top quarterback money before giving it to him, even if it means ultimately paying a little more in the long-term. 

Mayfield has one remaining cheap year on his rookie deal before a much more expensive option for 2022 kicks in at 18.858 million and Mayfield will almost definitely exceed that amount on an annual basis on his next contract, with top quarterbacks now getting contracts in the range of 35-40 million annually. Whenever it happens, Mayfield will almost certainly be signing long-term with the Browns, who are all in on their young quarterback, with only veteran backup Case Keenum, a 9-year veteran in his age 33 season with a career 85.2 QB rating in 62 career starts, behind him on the depth chart as another option. Keenum is an above average backup, but, unless Mayfield gets hurt, Keenum will ride the pine all season. If Mayfield can stay healthy and take a step forward, this should be one of the best offenses in the league, but that’s of course not a guarantee.

Grade: B+

Offensive Line

The biggest reason that Mayfield had easily the best offensive supporting cast of his career last season was the Browns’ drastically improved offensive line. A subpar group for Mayfield’s first two seasons in the league, the Browns saw significantly improved play at left tackle, right tackle, and right guard in 2020. At left tackle and right tackle, the Browns made significant investments last off-season, signing right tackle Jack Conklin to a 3-year, 42 million dollar contract and using the 10th overall pick on left tackle Jedrick Wills, but arguably their best offensive lineman was one that was added without much fanfare, right guard Wyatt Teller.

A 5th round pick of the Bills in 2018, Teller made 7 starts as a rookie, but he was underwhelming and, when the Bills overhauled their offensive line from 2018 to 2019, he was the odd man out and was sent to the Browns ahead of the 2019 season for a swap of late round picks, so the Bills could get at least something for a player they were presumably planning on releasing with final cuts. Teller’s first season in Cleveland was more of the same, as he made 9 underwhelming starts down the stretch, but he maintained his starting job throughout last off-season and shocked everyone with a breakout 2020 season, finishing first among guards on PFF, especially dominating as a run blocker, but also holding up well in pass protection.

Teller is the definition of a one-year wonder and it wasn’t even a full season as injuries limited him to 11 games, so it’s far from a guarantee that Teller will come close to duplicating last season’s level of play, but he should remain at least an above average starter and if he can stay healthier this season, that will be a big benefit to this team because they were noticeably worse running the ball when he missed time last season. The Browns also have to make a decision on his contract shortly, heading into the final year of his rookie deal. It may be risky to extend him now after just one strong season, but if he can repeat that season in 2021, Teller could become the highest paid guard in the league on the open market.

Right tackle Jack Conklin wasn’t quite as dominant, but he still had a great season, making 15 starts and finishing 8th among offensive tackles on PFF, a career best finish for the 2016 first round pick. Conklin has also finished 18th in 2016 and 13th in 2019 and, with the exception of a couple injury limited seasons in 2017-2018, he’s been a consistently high level blocker throughout his career. Still only going into his age 27 season, Conklin should continue playing at a high level as long as he continues to remain healthy, now over three years removed from a devastating torn ACL.

Left tackle Jedrick Wills was probably their worst offensive lineman last season, but that says more about the rest of this offensive line than it does about Wills. Wills fared well in pass protection, but left something to be desired in the run game and committed 11 penalties, leading to him only earning a middling grade from PFF overall. Still, the rookie stabilized a key position of need for the Browns in 15 starts and he should keep getting better going forward. Though it’s not a guarantee he ever reaches it, he has the potential to be one of the better left tackles in the league for years to come. A breakout 2021 by him would only make this offensive line that much more dominant.

Center JC Tretter and left guard Joel Bitonio have been with the team much longer, dating back to when their offensive line had a lot of problems, but they were never the problem and they continued playing at a high level in 2020. Bitonio has been with the team since all the way back in 2014, when the Browns selected him in the 2nd round, and he’s been an above average starter from the word go, finishing 14th among guards on PFF as a rookie and finishing in the top-19 in 6 of 7 seasons in the league, including top-8 finishes in each of the past three seasons. He is getting up there in age a little bit, going into his age 30 season, but he hasn’t shown any signs of dropping off and, while he did miss some time with injury earlier in his career, he hasn’t missed a game in 4 seasons. Even if he does drop off a little bit in 2021, he should remain one of the better guards in the league.

Tretter, meanwhile, originally arrived in Cleveland as a free agent. A spot starter earlier in his career with the Packers, where he made 10 starts in 4 seasons and played 4 different positions, Tretter signed a 3-year, 16.75 million dollar deal with the Browns before the 2017 season and has made all 64 starts at center in 4 seasons since, earning an above average grade from PFF in all 4 seasons, including top-9 finishes in each of the past three seasons and a 5th ranked finish in 2020. He signed a 3-year, 32.55 million dollar extension during the 2019 season and is now rightfully one of the highest paid centers in the league. Like Bitonio, he’s heading into his age 30 season, but he also hasn’t shown any signs of slowing down and even if he does drop off a little bit, he should continue playing at a relatively high level. 

The Browns also have good depth upfront in case injuries strike. Chris Hubbard struggled in 2018 and 2019 as a starter for the Browns, but he fared well last season on 290 snaps (5 starts) as a versatile reserve and has proven himself throughout his 8-year career to be an above average spot starter, even if he’s been overmatched as a full-time starter. The Browns will obviously be in worse shape if they lose one of their starters, but Hubbard’s versatility and experience makes him a better option than most teams have off their bench. On top of that, the Browns used a 4th round pick on the University of Cincinnati’s James Hudson, a good value pick who could potentially develop into a starter in the long-term and, in the short-term, should provide capable depth. 

Few teams, if any, have a more complete, deep, and talented offensive line than the Browns. Conklin, Tretter, and Bitonio all are close to locks to have strong seasons, Jedrick Wills could take a step forward, and Wyatt Teller could be healthier, though it’s not a guarantee that he plays as well he did last season or that the Browns have better health overall on the offensive line, as injuries as part of the game. Even if injuries strike though, the Browns should be better prepared than most teams because of their depth.

Grade: A

Running Backs

The Browns also had a key injury at the running back position last season, with lead back Nick Chubb, otherwise one of the best running backs in the league, missing 4 games and most of a 5th with injury last season. However, even with him out, the Browns still were able to run the ball well because of their talented offensive line and their running back depth. #2 running back Kareem Hunt has also proven himself as a talented feature back from his days in Kansas City and when he and Chubb are both healthy, they are arguably the best running back duo in the NFL.

A 2nd round pick in 2018, Chubb has been arguably the best runner in football since entering the league, finishing in the top-4 among running backs on PFF in all 3 seasons in the league and ranking 3rd in rushing yards (3,557), 6th in rushing touchdowns (28), and first in yards per carry (5.23 YPC, minimum 500 carries) over that stretch. Still only going into his age 26 season with no injury history aside from the 4 games he missed last season, there is no reason to expect Chubb to drop off in 2021, aside from the inherent higher risk of injury that running backs have.

Chubb leaves something to be desired as a pass catcher, averaging just 6.01 yards per target in his career and catching just 72 passes in 44 games, but that’s primarily what Hunt is for, as he has an average 48/446/5 slash line per 16 games in his career, including a 38/304/5 slash line last season. Hunt also has a career 4.57 YPC average on 694 carries and has a history as a feature back, averaging 16.8 carries per game in the first two seasons of his career with the Chiefs in 2017-2018, before being kicked off the team for off-the-field reasons. 

The Browns took a chance on Hunt and have been rewarded for it on the field. He’s averaged just 8.7 carries per game when Chubb has been healthy, but he gives them a valuable insurance policy in case Chubb misses time and, even when Chubb is healthy, Hunt still sees plenty of action, not just because of his passing down abilities, but also just because of how much this team runs the ball in general.

The running game is such an important part of this offense, as they ranked 3rd in the league in carries last season and that’s even more pronounced if you take into account that the Browns don’t have a running quarterback, with only Derrick Henry and the Titans averaging more carries per game by running backs in 2020. The Browns running frequency and ability make things significantly easier for this passing game, which especially benefits on play action plays. Baker Mayfield averaged 3.0 yards per attempt more on play action than non-play action plays last season, 4th most in the league, and that’s not a coincidence. 

The Browns don’t have any proven depth behind Nick Chubb and Kareem Hunt, but D’Ernest Johnson, however inexperienced the 2019 undrafted free agent may be (37 career carries), showed a lot of promise last season as the #2 back when Chubb was out, averaging 5.03 YPC to give him a 5.05 career YPC average. He would only see action in case of an injury, but he’s not a bad insurance policy to have in a very talented overall position group.

Grade: A

Receiving Corps

With the Browns being a run heavy team, there is less importance on the receiving corps in this offense, but that doesn’t mean they don’t have good depth and talent at those positions as well. The Browns were somewhat thin at wide receiver last season, with underwhelming options like Donovan Peoples-Jones and KhaDarel Hodge seeing action (268 snaps and 292 snaps respectively), but they should be in better shape this season, with starting wide receiver Odell Beckham set to return from a torn ACL that cost him all but 316 snaps last season and rookie Anthony Schwartz being added in the third round to provide depth. 

The Browns also retained Rashard Higgins, who was the #2 wide receiver in Odell Beckham’s absence last season, to play in three wide receiver sets with Beckham and Jarvis Landry, meaning Peoples-Jones and Hodge could find themselves competing for a final roster spot this season, rather than playing significant snaps. Landry and Beckham both have histories of being 1000+ yard receivers, with Landry topping that mark three times and Beckham five times, in seven seasons each, but it’s going to be tough for either player to top that mark on this run heavy team, as long as the other one is healthy to take away targets.

Landry couldn’t even manage a 1000 yard season last season with Beckham missing most of the season, but that’s not to say he had a bad year. His 72/840/3 slash line is actually pretty impressive all things considered and he ranked 17th in the NFL in yards per route run at 2.11, while earning PFF’s 16th highest wide receiver grade overall. Remarkably consistent throughout his 7-year career, Landry has topped 758 receiving yards and finished 34th or higher among wide receivers on PFF in every season in the league, while never missing a game due to injury. He’s not overly explosive, averaging just 11.1 yards per catch in his career, but he’s been a very reliable possession receiver who has caught 66.6% of his career targets. Still only going into his age 28 season, I see no reason why anything would be different this season, even if he doesn’t put up flashy numbers in a run heavy offense that has plenty of other talented options in the passing game

Also a 7-year veteran, Beckham has been the more productive player on a per game basis in their careers as compared to Landry, but Landry has been more productive overall because of his durability, as Beckham has missed 30 games in his career, including the 9 games he missed last season. He’s topped 1000 yards receiving in all five healthy seasons in his career, while finishing in the top-10 among wide receivers on PFF in four of those seasons, and he has averaged a 95/1333/10 slash line per 16 games throughout his career, but his injury history is a growing concern and, even if he can bounce back from the ACL tear and stay healthy all season, his receiving production is unlikely to approach to his career averages in this offense.

Rashard Higgins fared pretty well last season in Beckham’s absence, totalling a 37/599/4 slash line on the season, including a 57/971/4 per 16-game slash line in the games in which Beckham was hurt and a 2.04 yards per route run average on the season that actually ranked 23th among wide receivers in the league. The 2016 5th round pick has never had an impressive season long receiving total, but he also showed potential in 2018, when he had a per 16-game slash line of 58/822/6 in the final 5 games of the season, before an injury ruined 2019 campaign.

Higgins is unlikely to come close to those totals in 2021, however, unless the Browns have more injuries ahead of him on the depth chart. He is expected to be the third receiver after re-signing in free agency, but, in addition to being a run heavy team, the Browns use two and three tight end sets as much as any team in the league, so Higgins won’t get the playing time or targets that a typical third receiver gets. He’s still a useful player, but the box scores probably won’t show it.

As of right now, the Browns go three deep at tight end with Austin Hooper, a free agent addition signed to a 4-year, 42 million dollar deal last off-season, David Njoku, a 2017 1st round pick, and 2020 4th round pick Harrison Bryant. I say as of right now because Njoku is on his 5th year option, which is set to pay him 6.013 million, but none of that is guaranteed. The Browns aren’t strapped for cap space right now, but Njoku’s salary stands out as being excessive given the Browns depth at the position and the role that Njoku will likely play in this offense and he could also have trade value to a team looking to upgrade their starting tight end, so there is a chance that either by trade or release, Njoku is not on the final roster.

Njoku is only going into his age 25 season and has shown potential, but has not proven to be worth the draft pick the Browns invested in him. He seemed to be on his way, progressing from a 32/386/4 slash line as a rookie to a 56/639/4 slash line in his second season in the league, but injuries limited him to just 5 catches in 4 games in 2019 and, while he was healthier and played in 13 games, he found himself in a much more crowded depth chart with Hooper and Bryant being added to the mix. As a result, Njoku played just 410 snaps and mostly contributed as a run blocker, with a 19/213/2 slash line on just 29 targets. A trade may make the most sense for all involved, as Njoku is not worth his salary to play the role he played last season, but he’s talented enough that he could start at least a few teams around the league.

An Njoku trade would benefit Bryant the most, but he still played 590 snaps as a rookie last season even with Njoku on the roster, so he is going to have a significant role either way, now with a full season under his belt. Bryant wasn’t overly impressive as a rookie, as his 0.94 yards per route run carry were significantly behind both Njoku (1.23) and Hooper (1.43) and he ranked 40th out of 48 eligible tight ends on PFF overall, but he wouldn’t be the first tight end to take a big step forward from year one to year two and it’s clear the Browns believe in him long-term, so he is going to get an opportunity to prove himself for better or worse.

Hooper remains as the starter, though it’s fair to question if the Browns overpaid for him after an underwhelming first season with the team. Hooper earned an above average grade from PFF overall, his 3rd straight season doing so, but he did not repeat his 2019 season, in which he finished 8th among tight ends on PFF and had a 75/787/6 slash line in 13 games. Hooper’s passing stats were always going to take a hit going from pass heavy Atlanta to the Browns, but his 46/435/4 slash line in 13 games in 2020 was a significant drop off. 

Only going into his age 27 season, it’s possible Hooper is better in 2021, but that’s not a guarantee, as his 2019 campaign stands out as a bit of an outlier right now. With a deep receiving corps that goes three deep at both wide receiver and tight end and that has a talented pass catching back in Kareem Hunt, Hooper isn’t going to get the targets to have a big statistical season even if he is better this season, but from a team perspective, the depth they have is an obvious benefit. Even if Beckham is healthier in 2021, injuries are part of the game and the Browns can’t expect everything to go perfectly, but they are better prepared for adversity than most teams.

Grade: A-

Edge Defenders

The Browns had a solid offense (11th in first down rate over expected) and won 11 games last season, but their defense really struggled (29th in first down rate over expected allowed) and, overall, the Browns were not as good as their record, finishing with a -11 point differential and ranking 25th in schedule adjusted first down rate differential at -1.48%. They benefited from winning a high percentage of their close games, going 7-2 in games decided by one score or less, but that isn’t predictive on a year-to-year basis. However, there are reasons to believe the Browns’ defense can be a lot better this season and be a complementary unit to this offense, meaning the Browns wouldn’t have to rely on winning close games like they did last season to accumulate a significant win total. 

The first reason is simply that defensive performance is much less predictable and consistent on a year-to-year basis. Teams that struggle on defense tend to fare much better defensively the following season when you compare to the average improvement on offense among teams that struggle on that side of the ball. The Browns also should be healthier on defense this season. While they didn’t have an excessive amount of injuries on offense and can’t necessarily depend on better health on that side of the ball this season, the Browns finished with the 6th most adjusted games lost to injury on defense last season and I would expect that to be somewhat better in 2021.

On top of that, the Browns added a significant amount of talent to this unit this off-season. One key addition was defensive end Jadeveon Clowney. Clowney takes the place of Olivier Vernon, who was not the problem last season, but Vernon tore his achilles in week 17 and Clowney has a good chance to be an upgrade, so it’s understandable why they brought him in. Clowney comes with his own injury risk, as he has played all 16 games just once in 7 seasons in the league and had his 2020 season cut short after 8 games. Concerns about his durability already forced Clowney to settle for a one-year deal in free agency last off-season after being franchise tagged in 2019, but that one-year deal was still for 13 million. Now after last year’s injury, Clowney had to settle for 8 million from the Browns.

It’s a move that could definitely pan out. Clowney gets a lot of heat for not getting a sack before getting hurt last season, but he played better than that suggests, as he had 6 hits and 22 hurries on 266 pass rush snaps (10.5% pressure rate) and played the run at a high level as well, leading to Clowney ranking 18th among edge defenders on PFF at the time he went down. That’s essentially been the story of Clowney’s career, as he’s never had double digit sacks in a season (though he’s had 9 and 9.5 before), but he plays the run at a high level and has a 10.4% career pressure rate that is made more impressive by the fact that he has lined up on the interior in passing situations throughout his career more than your typical edge defender does. 

Before last year’s injury ruined campaign, Clowney finished 10th among edge defenders on PFF in 2018 and 9th in 2019 and, overall, he hasn’t finished worse than 36th since his rookie year in 2014. A former #1 overall pick who is still only going into his age 28 season, Clowney comes with a lot of bounce back potential and was worth the risk for a Browns team that badly needed a replacement for Vernon. He’ll start opposite Myles Garrett, who is also a former #1 overall pick, selected in 2017, the first of two straight #1 overall picks for the Browns during their 1-31 stretch.

Garrett has been even better than Mayfield and, if he and Clowney can both stay healthy, they could be one of the top edge defender duots in the league. Like Mayfield, Garrett’s selection was not a no brainer, as the Browns were in desperate need of a quarterback and could have chosen between Patrick Mahomes, Deshaun Watson, or Mitch Trubisky, but the Browns opted to take one of the top defensive prospects of the decade and the decision has panned out, as Garrett has developed into a Defensive Player of the Year caliber player and the Browns found their quarterback the following year.

Garrett has made an impact from day one and he’s also gotten better every season, progressing from 25th among edge defenders on PFF in 2017 to 13th in 2018, 12th in 2019, and a career best 4th last season. All in all, he has 42.5 career sacks and 44 hits in 51 career games, while averaging a 12.2% pressure rate and also playing at a high level against the run. Still only going into his age 26 season, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see Garrett be even better in 2021 and even if he isn’t, he should remain one of the top players in the league at his position. He’s also played all 16 games once in four seasons in the league, but durability isn’t a major concern for him. Some of the time he has missed was with suspension and illness, so he hasn’t missed a game due to injury since his rookie season. The Browns will obviously hope that continues in 2021.

The Browns will really need both Garrett and Clowney to stay healthy, not just because they’re talented players who should be key parts of this defense, but also because their depth at the position is suspect. Adrian Clayborn struggled on 404 snaps as their top reserve last season and was not retained this off-season. In an attempt to upgrade, the Browns took a flyer on former first round pick Takkarist McKinley in free agency, which could prove to be a smart signing, especially on only a 1-year, 4 million dollar contract, but that’s not a guarantee.

McKinley was picked 26th overall by the Falcons in 2017 and had 13 sacks in his first 2 seasons in the league combined, while adding 13 hits and a 12.1% pressure rate. That sack total fell to 3.5 in 2019 though and, while he still had 10 hits and a 11.1% pressure rate, he injured his shoulder late in the season, leading to the Falcons declining his 5th year option and making 2020 his contract year. McKinley was off to a solid start to the 2020 season with 1 sack and 4 hits week one against the Seahawks, but he played just 42 snaps the rest of the way due to injury, ultimately being released by the Falcons and bouncing around multiple teams with whom he was unable to pass a physical. 

If he’s healthy, McKinley gives the Browns some upside as an edge rusher, still only in his age 26 season, but that may be a big if and he’s always been an underwhelming player against the run, so the Browns will want him to be only be a situational pass rusher, possibly with Garrett and/or Clowney seeing some action on the interior in sub packages. The Browns also have Porter Gustin in the mix, after the 2019 undrafted free agent saw 225 snaps as a rookie and 326 snaps last season, but he hasn’t shown much in his limited action and would be an underwhelming option if he had to play significant snaps. This group has a high upside, but both Clowney and McKinley come with significant potential downside.

Grade: A-

Interior Defenders

The Browns lost Sheldon Richardon and Larry Ogunjobi this off-season, after they started 16 games and 15 games respectively at defensive tackle last season, but Ogunjobi struggled, finishing 103rd out of 138 eligible interior defenders on PFF, so only Richardson will be missed and the Browns added some options to replace him. Richardson, who finished 37th among interior defenders on PFF last season, was released ahead of a 12 million dollar non-guaranteed salary for his age 31 season in 2021, but he remains available as a free agent, so it’s also possible the Browns could reunite with him at a cheaper rate. 

The Browns other moves this off-season may signal that won’t happen though, as they added veterans Malik Jackson and Damion Square in free agency and used a 4th round pick on Ohio State defensive tackle Tommy Togiai, in addition to getting another veteran Andrew Billings back from an opt out. Along with holdover 2020 3rd round pick Jordan Elliott, who played 307 snaps as a rookie, the Browns have a variety of options at the defensive tackle position.

Unfortunately, all of their options have significant question marks. Jordan Elliott has the upside to get better, but he struggled as a rookie, finishing 96th among 138 eligible interior defenders on PFF, especially struggling as a pass rusher, not recording a sack or a hit on the quarterback all season and only hurrying the quarterback three times on 157 pass rush snaps. Togiai also doesn’t project as much of a pass rusher, so, if he contributes as a rookie, it’s likely to be in an early down role. 

Veterans Andrew Billings and Damion Square also are primarily run stuffers. Billings has the best chance to start and see early down snaps, as he played 632 snaps in 2018 and 657 snaps in 2019 with the Bengals prior to last year’s opt out and earned a slightly above average grade overall from PFF in both seasons, after missing his rookie year in 2016 and showing little on 334 snaps in 2017. It’s never ideal when a player misses an entire season like Billings did last year, but he is still in his prime in his age 26 season and doesn’t have a recent injury history. He’s at his best against the run, but also added 3.5 sacks, 10 hits, and a 7.4% pressure rate in 2018-2019 combined, which could make him valuable to a Browns team that lacks interior pass rush options.

Square, meanwhile, has been a capable rotational player for the Chargers over the past 5 seasons, but he’s averaged just 382 snaps per season with a maximum of 530 snaps played in a season over that stretch and, while he’s a capable run stuffer, he’s never gotten any pass rush, with 6.5 sacks, 13 hits, and a 4.1% pressure rate in 91 career games. Now going into his age 32 season, it’s pretty unlikely he gets any better and it wouldn’t be a surprise if he was unable to earn himself a role or make the roster in a position group that is unsettled, but has depth.

Malik Jackson is the best pass rusher of the bunch and should see a significant amount of snaps purely for that reason. Jackson was one of the better players in the league at his position for a few years, finishing in the top-29 among on PFF in 4 straight seasons from 2014-2017, but he’s fallen off pretty significantly, earning middling grades in 2018 and 2020, with a lost season due to injury in between. He’s still shown pretty well as a pass rusher recently, with 2.5 sacks, 11 hits, and a 10.7% pressure rate last season, but he has been a liability against the run. Now going into his age 31 season, his best days are almost definitely behind him and he could easily continue declining as well. The Browns will be counting on him for a significant role in an underwhelming position group.

Grade: C+

Linebackers

The Browns also made some additions at linebacker this off-season. BJ Goodson was the closest thing the Browns had to an every down linebacker last season, as he played 848 snaps in 12 games. He fared well against the run, but left something to be desired in coverage, so the Browns opted not to retain him and instead to add Anthony Walker from the Colts in free agency and Jeremiah Owusu-Koramoah from Notre Dame in the second round of the draft. The Browns also bring back Malcolm Smith (559 snaps), Sione Takitaki (435 snaps), Jacob Phillips (169 snaps), Mack Wilson (372 snaps), who saw playing time last season, to compete for roles in an unsettled group.

Owusu-Koramoah is basically the opposite of Goodson, as he might be the best coverage player of the bunch as a rookie, but his lack of size is a concern against the run. He might not play every down, but he should have a role at least in coverage situations and he had the potential to go in the first round if not for medical concerns, so he could easily develop into an every down player long-term and well exceed the value of his draft slot. 

Walker, meanwhile, has started 46 games over the past three seasons with the team that drafted him in the 5th round in 2017 and he has been something close to an every down player, averaging 46.9 snaps per 16 games, but he’s never been more than a replacement level starter and is coming off of a season in which he finished 74th out of 99 eligible off ball linebackers on PFF, so he shouldn’t be guaranteed a role, despite his recent history of receiving significant playing time. 

Malcolm Smith is also a veteran, but he’s past his prime, going into his age 32 season. He was an every down player in 2015 and 2016 with the Raiders, but was never particularly good and has been limited to just 978 snaps in 4 seasons since. He actually fared well in coverage last season and could continue seeing playing time as a situational coverage linebacker, but he’s not a candidate to play an every down role in this crowded group. It would even be a small surprise to even see him exceed the 37.3 snaps per game he played last season.

Takitaki, Phillips, and Wilson, meanwhile, are all young, going in the 3rd round in 2019, the 3rd round in 2020, and the 5th round in 2020 respectively. Takitaki played the most of the trio last season and was also by far the best, earning an above average grade overall from PFF on 435 snaps. Phillips and Wilson, meanwhile, both ranked among PFF’s worst off ball linebackers in limited action. Both could be better in their second season in the league, but Takitaki seems like by far the most likely of the three to develop into an every down player long-term. Even in a crowded group, I would expect him to have a role, even if just in base packages. The Browns have plenty of depth in this group, but need some young players to step up if they’re going to be improved over last year’s group.

Grade: B-

Secondary

Of all the position groups that the Browns upgraded this off-season, their secondary is by far the most improved. The Browns added cornerback Troy Hill and safety John Johnson both on significant contracts in free agency, locking them up for 9 million over 2 years and 33.75 million over 3 years respectively, and they also used a first round pick on Northwestern cornerback Greg Newsome. On top of that, a pair of recent second round picks, cornerback Greedy Williams (2019) and safety Grant Delpit (2020), are set to return from injuries that cost them all of 2020. With all of that, there’s a good chance this unit, which was a massive liability in 2020, could be one of the better groups in the league.

Denzel Ward remains as the #1 cornerback, after being by far their most valuable defensive back in 2020. The 4th overall pick in the 2018 NFL Draft, selected three picks after Mayfield, Ward’s best season still remains his rookie season, when he finished 15th among cornerbacks on PFF, but he still had a solid season in 2019 (36th) and 2020 (21st) and, only in his age 24 season, he still has the potential to take a step forward and have his best season yet in 2021. 

It would also be of significant benefit if Ward were to be more durable this season, after maxing out at 13 games played thus far in his career, but it definitely shouldn’t be a surprise if he misses time with injury again. Regardless, he comes with a pretty low floor with three impressive seasons under his belt and he has a ceiling that could make him one of the top cornerbacks in the league this season.

Newsome and Hill are likely to be the 2nd and 3rd cornerbacks in some order. Greedy Williams is expected to be back this season, but he’s very inexperienced, playing just 680 mediocre snaps as a rookie before missing all of last season, and the injury he suffered last season could remain a long-term issue, so it’s unlikely he’ll be able to beat out either Newsome or Hill for playing time, especially given how big of an investment the Browns made in both players this off-season.

Who is actually the #2 and #3 cornerback between Newsome and Hill is unknown and ultimately might not matter. Hill is at his best on the slot and he figures to be their primary option there in sub packages, while Newsome projects as a boundary cornerback, but it wouldn’t be a surprise to see both ultimately play around the same amount of snaps. Hill is obviously the more proven of the two and is coming off of a season in which he was PFF’s 17th ranked cornerback, so he could prove to be a steal in free agency, but he’s also going into his age 30 season and, while he had shown promise before last season, last season was his first full season as a starter, never topping 538 snaps in a season prior, so he’s a one-year wonder in terms of having the kind of season he had last season. 

Hill could easily have another solid season, even if he isn’t quite as good, but Newsome obviously has the greater upside long-term and projects as a future starter opposite Ward, even if he takes some time to get used to the NFL. With Ward, Hill, and Newsome as their top-3 cornerbacks and Williams providing valuable insurance, the Browns are well positioned at the cornerback position for 2021 and have great depth, after having disastrous play behind Ward for most of last season.

The Browns also have great depth at safety. Not only will John Johnson and Grant Delpit be significant upgrades over Karl Joseph and Andrew Sendejo (85th and 95th respectively out of 99 eligible safeties on PFF in 2020) as the top-2 safeties (660 snaps and 918 snaps respectively), but they also have Ronnie Harrison as a 3rd safety and he showed a lot of promise when he made starts last season, though injuries ultimately limited him to just 325 snaps total on the season. 

A 3rd round pick of the Jaguars in 2018, Harrison was underwhelming in 22 career starts in his first 2 seasons in the league, before being sent to the Browns for a late round pick last off-season, but it’s possible the Jaguars gave up on him too soon and he’s still only going into his age 24 season. He won’t see a ton of playing time, but the Browns will probably try to get all three safeties on the field together in certain situations and Harrison could easily be a plug and play starter if either Johnson or Delpit gets hurt. Delpit is also a question mark because he’s not only coming off of a major injury, but also has yet to play in the NFL, so Harrison is a good insurance policy to have in case Delpit struggles.

Johnson should be locked in as a starter, as his contract is actually an underpay for the caliber player he is. A 3rd round pick in 2017, Johnson barely played in his first few games, but made the final 11 starts of the season and, aside from 10 games missed due to injury in 2019, he hasn’t looked back, finishing 11th among safeties on PFF in 2017, 8th in 2018, and career best 3rd last season, bouncing back in a big way from his injury ruined 2019 campaign.

Otherwise healthy in his career and one of the better safeties in the league when on the field, Johnson, still not even 26 until December, likely would be have been as one of the top few safeties in the NFL if this was a normal cap year, but instead he settles for a 3-year deal that locks him in as the 8th highest paid safety, a rank that will almost definitely fall throughout the course of the deal. He should prove to be a relative steal over the next few years. He’s the headline addition for a Browns secondary that is significantly improved from last season’s group. If the Browns make a big leap defensively, which they have a good chance to do, the secondary should be the biggest reason why. 

Grade: B+

Kicker/Punter

Special teams is an obvious achilles heel for the Browns, as they ranked 27th in special teams DVOA last season and were one of four teams to finish below average in DVOA in all aspects of special teams, but still didn’t make any significant additions to this group this off-season, not signing any experienced special teamers in free agency and only adding kicker Chase McLaughlin as a potential upgrade at any special teams position.

McLaughlin is only a potential upgrade by default, as he’s made just 78.6% of his field goals across stints with five different teams over the past two seasons, but could still be a better option than incumbent Cody Parkey. Parkey has hit 84.6% of his field goals in his career, which might sound impressive, but he’s hit just 4 from beyond 50 yards over the past six seasons combined and he’s hit just 90.6% of his extra points over the past four seasons. He’s also struggled on kickoffs, as has McLaughin. Regardless of who wins this job, the Browns figure to have a below average place kicker and kickoff specialist again in 2021.

No competition was added for punter Jamie Gillan, who finished 26th among 34 eligible punters on PFF in 2020, but that’s somewhat understandable, as Gillan was much better as a rookie in 2019, finishing 3rd among punters. The drop off was noticeable, as he went from 46.2 yards per punt, 42.3 net yards per punt, and 4.53 seconds of hang time to 44.0 yards, 38.3 yards, and 4.29 seconds respectively. He has a good chance to bounce back in 2021, but that’s not a guarantee and even if he does, that doesn’t necessarily mean he’ll be as good as he was as a rookie. They’re at least in better shape at punter than kicker though, as their lack of a consistent place kicker could be a big problem for the Browns as they try to compete with the top teams in the AFC.

Grade: B-

Return Specialists

The Browns also got poor production out of their return games. It wasn’t always the fault of the return men, as their returners generally received middling grades from PFF, but, as a result of terrible special teams play around their returners, they averaged a middling 22.1 yards per kickoff return and just 4.8 yards per punt return, 2nd worst in the NFL. Donovan Peoples-Jones was their primary punt returner with 18 returns averaged just 4.3 yards per punt return and, while he wasn’t much better with a 21.1 yards per return average on 18 kickoff returns, reserve running back D’Ernest Johnson at least showed more with 25.1 yards per return on 14 returns.

No competition was added for Peoples-Jones and Johnson this off-season, so both will remain involved, Peoples-Jones likely as the primary punt returner and Johnson taking over the primary kickoff returner job. Both are inexperienced, but Johnson should be an upgrade as the kickoff returner and, if they can get better play around them, their production should go up, perhaps significantly, as they were not the primary problem with their return units last season.

Grade: B

Special Teamers

Unfortunately, with no major additions being made to this special teams unit, they are unlikely to get better play around their returners, barring the breakout of several rookies. They didn’t even make a coaching change, which can often be an easy way to spark improvement on special teams, opting instead to stay with long-time veteran Mike Priefer. It’s not clear that the problem is Priefer, who has been a special teams coordinator for 15 straight seasons, is widely respected, and has even been an interim head coach on two occasions, but it’s possible they could get worse special teamer play in 2021. 

While the Browns struggled as a special teams unit last season, they actually got good play from four of their top-5 in terms of snaps played, as Tavierre Thomas (334 snaps), Stephen Carlson (333 snaps), Sione Takitaki (218 snaps), and Andy Janovich (217 snaps) all finished above average on PFF. The problem is the rest of the bunch mostly struggled and Thomas left this off-season, hurting this group even more. The Browns also lost Tae Davis, who wasn’t great, but held his own across 211 snaps, 6th most on the team. With no replacements for Thomas and Davis added, it’s possible this group is worse in 2021 and at the very least it hurts their chances of being better after being one of the worst units in the league last season.

Grade: C+

Conclusion

The Browns already had one of the more talented and complete offenses in the league, but their defense should be a significant amount improved this season, putting the Browns firmly into Super Bowl contention for the 2021 season. If quarterback Baker Mayfield can take a step forward and play at a level he hasn’t played at yet for a whole season, I could definitely see this team making it out of the AFC and representing the conference in the Super Bowl. I will have a final prediction for the Browns at the end of the off-season with the rest of the teams.

8/8/21 Update: The Browns projection takes a bit of a hit with special teams being more predictive than I realized and the Ravens’ projection has simultaneously improved significantly, but the Browns are still in the mix in the AFC and should be a playoff team.

9/4/21 Update: The Browns will have to contend with the Ravens for the division, but they should make the post-season and could win a game or two depending on how the matchups play out.

Prediction: 12-5 2nd in AFC North